A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.
10-Ks and 10-Qs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
__________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
__________________________________________________
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2017
Commission File Number: 001-36347
__________________________________________________
A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
__________________________________________________
|
Delaware
(State of Incorporation)
|
|
11-2464169
(IRS Employer I.D. No.)
|
El Segundo, CA 90245
(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)
(310) 587-1477
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
__________________________________________________
Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:
|
Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.01 par value
|
|
Name of each exchange on which registered
NASDAQ Global Select Market
|
Securities registered under Section 12 (g) of the Exchange Act: None
__________________________________________
|
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
|
Yes.
o
No.
þ
|
|
|
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
|
Yes.
o
No.
þ
|
|
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
|
Yes.
þ
No.
¨
|
|
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
|
Yes.
þ
No.
¨
|
|
|
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
|
o
|
|
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
|
|||
|
Large accelerated filer
¨
|
Accelerated filer
¨
|
Non-accelerated filer
¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
Smaller reporting company
þ
|
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
|
Yes.
¨
No.
þ
|
|
|
Aggregate market value of registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on December 31, 2016, based upon the closing price of Common Stock on such date as reported by NASDAQ Global Select Market, was approximately $73,530,678. Shares of common stock known to be owned by directors and executive officers of the Registrant subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are not included in the computation. No determination has been made that such persons are “affiliates” within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.
|
||
|
As of September 11, 2017, the registrant had 7,031,450 shares of common stock outstanding, par value $0.01 per share.
|
||
A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT
ON
FORM 10-K
For the
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2017
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
PART I
|
|
||
|
Item 1.
|
Description of Business
|
||
|
Item 1A.
|
Risk Factors
|
||
|
Item 1B.
|
Unresolved Staff Comments
|
||
|
Item 2.
|
Properties
|
||
|
Item 3.
|
Legal Proceedings
|
||
|
Item 4.
|
Mine Safety Disclosures
|
||
|
PART II
|
|||
|
Item 5.
|
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
|
||
|
Item 6.
|
Selected Financial Data
|
||
|
Item 7.
|
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
|
||
|
Item 7A.
|
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
|
||
|
Item 8.
|
Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
|
||
|
Item 9.
|
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
|
||
|
Item 9A.
|
Controls and Procedures
|
||
|
Item 9B.
|
Other Information
|
||
|
PART III
|
|||
|
Item 10.
|
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
|
||
|
Item 11.
|
Executive Compensation
|
||
|
Item 12.
|
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
|
||
|
Item 13.
|
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
|
||
|
Item 14.
|
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
|
||
|
PART IV
|
|||
|
Item 15.
|
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
|
||
|
Signatures
|
|||
|
Exhibit Index
|
|||
2
Overview
A-Mark, also referred to (together with its subsidiaries) as "we", "us" and the "Company", is a full-service precious metals trading company. It is a wholesaler of gold, silver, platinum and palladium bullion and related products, including bars, wafers, grain and coins. A-Mark also:
|
•
|
distributes gold and silver coins and bars from sovereign and private mints;
|
|
|
•
|
provides financing for and other services relating to the purchase and sale of bullion and numismatics;
|
|
|
•
|
offers secure storage for bullion;
|
|
|
•
|
provides our customers an array of complementary services, including packaging, shipping, handling, receiving, processing and inventorying of precious metals and custom coins on a secure basis; and
|
|
|
•
|
provides a variety of custom fabricated silver bullion and other specialty products through its mint operations.
|
|
A-Mark believes it has one of the largest customer bases in each of its markets and provides one of the most comprehensive offerings of products and services in the precious metals trading industry. Our customers include mints, manufacturers and fabricators, refiners, coin and bullion dealers, e-commerce retailers, banks and other financial institutions, commodity brokerage houses, industrial users of precious metals, investors and collectors. We serve customers on six continents, with over 10% of our customers located outside the United States.
A-Mark believes its businesses largely function independently of the price movement of the underlying commodities. However, factors such as global economic activity or uncertainty and inflationary trends, which affect market volatility, have the potential to impact demand, volumes and margins.
We conduct our operations within one business segment.
History
A-Mark was founded in 1965 as a small numismatics firm, which subsequently grew to include wholesale bullion trading and precious metals financing. Spectrum Group International, Inc. ("SGI"), then known as Greg Manning Auctions, Inc., acquired an 80% interest in A-Mark in 2005. The remaining 20% of A-Mark was acquired by Afinsa Bienes Tangibles, S.A. ("Afinsa"), at the time SGI's controlling shareholder. In 2012, SGI acquired from Afinsa its interest in A-Mark, as a result of which A-Mark became a wholly-owned subsidiary of SGI.
In March 2014, SGI distributed all of the shares of common stock of A-Mark to its stockholders, effecting a spinoff of A-Mark from SGI. As a result of this distribution, which we refer to as the spinoff, the Company became a publicly traded company independent from SGI.
Over the years, A-Mark has been steadily expanding its products and services. In 1986, A-Mark became an authorized purchaser of gold and silver coins struck by the United States Mint. Similar arrangements with other sovereign mints followed, so that by the early 1990s, A-Mark had relationships with all major sovereign mints offering bullion coins and bars internationally. In 2005, A-Mark launched its Collateral Finance Corporation ("CFC") subsidiary for the purpose of making secured wholesale and retail loans collateralized by numismatic and semi-numismatic coins and bullion.
A-Mark opened an overseas office in Vienna, Austria in 2009, for the purpose of marketing its goods and services in the European markets, and the office commenced full trading activity in 2012. This resulted in the expansion of A-Mark's trading hours from 12 to 21 hours a day, 5 days a week. Also in 2012, A-Mark formed Transcontinental Depository Services, LLC ("TDS"), a subsidiary that provides customers with turn-key global storage solutions for their precious metals and precious metal products.
In July 2015, we launched our Las Vegas-based logistics fulfillment center, A-M Global Logistics, LLC, which provides our customers an array of complementary services, including packaging, shipping, handling, receiving, processing and inventorying of precious metals and custom coins on a secure basis.
Our minting operations commenced in August 2016, when we formed a joint venture, AM&ST Associates, LLC ("AMST"), with SilverTowne L.P., an Indiana-based fabricator of silver bullion products, to acquire its minting business. We own a majority interest in AMST.
3
Business Strategy
Through strategic relationships with its customers and suppliers and vertical integration across its markets, A-Mark seeks to grow its business volume, expand its presence in non-U.S. markets around the globe, with a principal focus on Europe and Asia, and enlarge its offering of complementary products and services. A-Mark seeks to continue its expansion by building on its strengths and what it perceives to be its competitive advantages. These include:
|
•
|
integrated operations that span trading, distribution, minting, storage, financing and other consignment products and services;
|
|
|
•
|
an extensive and varied customer base that includes banks and other financial institutions, coin dealers, collectors, private investors, investment advisors, industrial manufacturers, refiners, sovereign mints and mines;
|
|
|
•
|
secure storage for bullion;
|
|
|
•
|
access to primary market makers, suppliers, refiners and government mints that provide a dependable supply of precious metals and precious metal products;
|
|
|
•
|
trading offices in El Segundo, California and Vienna, Austria, giving our customers live access to our trading desk 21 hours each trading day, even when many major world commodity markets are closed;
|
|
|
•
|
the largest precious metals dealer network in North America;
|
|
|
•
|
depository relationships in major financial centers around the world;
|
|
|
•
|
experienced traders who effectively manage A-Mark's exposure to commodity price risk; and
|
|
|
•
|
a strong management team, with over 100 years of collective industry experience.
|
|
Business Units
A-Mark operates through several business units comprising a single segment for accounting purposes, including Industrial, Coin and Bar, Trading and Finance, CFC, TDS, Logistics and Minting.
Industrial.
Our Industrial unit sells gold, silver, platinum and palladium to industrial and commercial users. Customers include coin fabricators such as mints, industrial manufacturers and fabricators, including electronics, component parts companies, and refiners. Depending on the intended usage, the metals are either investment or industrial grade and are generally in the form of bars, wafers, plates, or grains.
Coin and Bar.
Our Coin and Bar unit deals in over 200 different products, including gold and silver coins from around the world and gold, silver, platinum and palladium bars and ingots in a variety of weights, shapes and sizes. We currently market a limited number of such products with our proprietary “A-Mark” rounds and bars. Our customers are primarily coin and bullion dealers, although we also deal directly with banks and other financial institutions, commodity brokerage houses, manufacturers, investors, investment advisors, and collectors who qualify as “eligible commercial entities” and “eligible contract participants,” as those terms are defined in the Commodity Exchange Act. Our customers range in size from large financial institutions to small local dealers.
We are an authorized distributor (and, in the case of the United States Mint, an authorized purchaser) of gold and silver coins for all of the major sovereign mints and various private mints. The sovereign mints include the United States Mint, the Australian (Perth) Mint, the Austrian Mint, the Royal Canadian Mint, the China Mint, Banco de Mexico, the South African Mint (Rand Refinery) and the Royal Mint (United Kingdom). We purchase and take delivery of coins from the mints for resale to coin dealers and other qualified purchasers.
Our distribution and purchase agreements with the mints are non-exclusive, and may be terminated by the mints at any time, although in practice our relationship with the mints are long-standing, in some cases, as with the U.S. Mint, extending back for over 20 years. In some cases, we have developed exclusive products with sovereign and private mints for distribution through our dealer network.
In our Industrial and Coin and Bar units, orders are taken primarily telephonically and also on an electronic trading platform. Pricing is generally based on screen quotes for bullion transactions in the spot market, with two-day settlement, although special pricing and extended settlement terms are also available. For example, a customer can leave an order with A-Mark to purchase at a specified price below the current market price or an order to sell at a specified price above the current market price. Almost all customers in these units take physical delivery of the precious metal. Product is shipped upon receipt of payment, except where the purchase is financed under credit arrangements between A-Mark and the customer. We have relationships with precious metal depositories around the world to facilitate shipment of product from our inventory to these customers, in many cases for next day delivery. Product may either be drop shipped to the customer's location or delivered to a depository or other storage
4
facility designated by the customer. The Company also periodically loans metals to customers on a short-term consignment basis, and may charge interest fees based on the value of the metals loaned. Such metal inventories are removed at the time the customers elect to price and purchase the metals, and the Company records a corresponding sale and receivable.
Trading and Finance.
Our Trading and Finance units engage in commodity hedging and borrowing and lending transactions in support of our Industrial and Coin and Bar units.
The Trading unit hedges the commodity risk on A-Mark's inventory in order to protect A-Mark from price fluctuations in situations where settlement of a transaction is delayed or deferred. A-Mark maintains relationships with major market-makers and multiple futures brokers in order to provide a variety of alternatives for its hedging needs. Our traders employ a combination of future and spot transactions to hedge transactional exposure, and a combination of future, and forward contracts to hedge inventory exposure. Because it seeks to substantially hedge its market exposure, A-Mark believes that its business largely functions independently of the price movements of the underlying commodities. Through its hedging activities, A-Mark may also earn contango yields, in which futures price are higher than the spot prices, or backwardation yields, in which futures prices are lower than the spot prices. A-Mark also offers precious metals price quotes in a number of foreign currencies.
Our Finance unit engages in precious metals borrowing and lending transactions and other customized financial transactions with or on behalf of our customers and other counterparties. These arrangements range from simple hedging structures to complex inventory finance arrangements and forward purchase and sale structures, tailored to the needs of our customers.
CFC.
Our Collateral Finance Corporation subsidiary is a California licensed finance lender that makes and acquires commercial loans secured by numismatic and semi-numismatic coins and bullion. CFC's customers include coin and precious metal dealers, investors and collectors. CFC's activities are complementary to our bullion and coin businesses, and affords customers a convenient means of financing their inventory or collections. CFC takes physical delivery of the coins or bullion collateralizing the loans, and requires loan-to-value ratios of between 50% and 85%. The loan-to-value ratio refers to the principal amount of the loan divided by the liquidation value of the collateral, as conservatively estimated by CFC. Secured loans include a combination of on-demand and short term (i.e., with terms of between three and twelve months) facilities, and bear interest at fixed rates prevailing at the time the loan is made. Other terms of the loan may be customized in accordance with the particular needs and circumstances of the borrower.
TDS.
Our Transcontinental Depository Services subsidiary provides storage solutions for precious metals and numismatic coins for financial institutions, dealers, investors and collectors worldwide. TDS contracts on behalf of our clients with independent storage facilities in the United States, Canada, Europe, Singapore and Hong Kong, for either fully segregated or allocated storage. We assist our clients in developing appropriate storage options for their particular requirements, and we manage the operational aspects of the storage with the third party facilities on our clients' behalf.
Logistics.
Our A-Mark Global Logistics ("Logistics") subsidiary, located in Las Vegas, Nevada, supports our wholesale trading business by providing a significant amount of the secured storage, shipping and delivery services that had historically been outsourced to third-party depositories in their various locations. By consolidating those operations into one central location under our control, we have reduced our dependence on third-party service providers while enhancing quality control and reducing operating costs.
Logistics also provides turn-key logistics services to our customers engaged in the retail business. We provide these customers with one-stop financing, hedging, inventory handling, storage and drop-shipping services.
Minting.
Through its ownership interest in AMST, the Company holds a majority interest in the SilverTowne Mint, a long-standing producer of fabricated silver bullion products. We have entered into an exclusive distributorship agreement with AMST, which has enabled us to expand our offerings of custom coin and other specialty products.
Market Making Activity
We act as a principal market maker, maintaining a two-way market for buying and selling precious metals. This means we both sell product to and purchase product from our customers.
5
Inventory
We maintain a substantial inventory of bullion and coins in order to provide our customers with selection and prompt delivery. We acquire product for our inventory in the course of our trading activities with our customers, directly from mints, mines and refiners and from commodities brokers and dealers, privately and in transactions on established commodity exchanges. Except for certain lower of cost or market products, our inventory is “marked to market” daily for accounting and financial reporting purposes.
Sales and Marketing
We market our products and services primarily through our offices in El Segundo, California and Vienna, Austria, our website and our dealer network, which we believe is the largest of its kind in North America. The dealer network consists of over 1,000 independent precious metal and coin companies, with whom we transact on a non-exclusive basis. The arrangements with the dealers vary, but generally the dealers acquire product from us for resale to their customers. In some instances, we deliver bullion to the dealers on a consignment basis. We also participate from time to time in trade shows and conventions, at which we promote our products and services.
As a vertically integrated precious metals concern, a key element of our marketing strategy is being able to cross-sell our products and services to customers within our various business units.
Operational Support
A-Mark maintains administrative and operational support at its office in El Segundo, California for processing its trading and service activities and arranging for physical delivery and storage of product. We believe that our existing administrative and operational support infrastructure has the capacity to scale up with our business activities. We store our inventories of bullion and numismatics at third party depositories in major financial centers around the world and at our facility in Las Vegas, Nevada.
With a third party software developer, we have created a proprietary trading program, referred to as the Metals Trading System ("MTS"). Through MTS we are able to input, process, track and document our trading activity, including complex hedging and similar transactions. We have developed and implemented an electronic trading platform for receiving and processing customer orders, with the objective of improving transactional ease and efficiency. In
fiscal 2018
, the Company expects to complete its integration of MTS with a new business management system.
Supplier and Customer Concentrations
A-Mark buys a majority of its precious metals from a limited number of suppliers. The Company believes that numerous other suppliers are available and would provide similar products on comparable terms.
For the
year ended June 30, 2017
, the Company had two customers, HSBC Bank USA and Mitsubishi Intl. Corporation, each comprising more than 10% of our revenues (see
Note 17
.)
Trading Competition
A-Mark's activities cover a broad spectrum of the precious metals industry, with a concentration on the physical market. We service public, industrial and private sector consumers of precious metals which include industrial manufactures, refiners, minting facilities, banks, brokerage houses and private investors. We frequently face different competitors in each area and it is not uncommon for a customer and/or a supplier in one market segment to be a competitor in another. Our competitors may offer more favorable pricing or services considered to be superior to ours.
Trading Seasonality
While our precious metals trading business is not seasonal, we believe it is directly impacted by the perception of market trends and global economic activity. Historically, anticipation of increases in the rate of inflation, interest rates as well as anticipated devaluation of the U.S. dollar, have resulted in higher levels of interest in precious metals as well as higher prices for such metals.
Employees
As of
June 30, 2017
, we had
127
employees, with 125 located in North America, and 2 located in Europe; all except 2 of these employees were considered full-time employees.
We regard our relations with our employees as good.
Corporate Information
A-Mark was founded in 1965 as a New York corporation. In December 2013, the Company was reincorporated in Delaware. Our executive offices are located at
2121 Rosecrans Avenue, Suite 6300 El Segundo CA 90245
. Our telephone number is (310) 587-1477, and our website is www.amark.com. Through this website, we make available, free of charge, all of our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), including those under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act").
6
Such reports are made available on the same day that they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. In addition, copies of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Employees, Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Senior Financial and Other Officers, and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Directors are available through this website, along with other information regarding our corporate governance policies.
Geographic Information
See
Note 18
in the accompanying
consolidated
financial statements for information about Company's geographic operations.
Recent Acquisition
On August 28, 2017, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Goldline Acquisition Corp. (“GAC”), consummated the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Goldline, LLC (the “Seller), a direct retailer of precious metals to the investor community (the “Acquisition”), pursuant to the terms of an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”), dated August 14, 2017. The aggregate purchase price (the “Purchase Price”) for the Acquisition was approximately $10.0 million. The Purchase Price is subject to certain post-closing adjustments. In connection with the closing of the Acquisition, GAC entered into a privately placed credit facility in the amount of $7.5 million (the “GAC Credit Facility”) with various lenders, effective August 28, 2017. Borrowings under the GAC Credit Facility were used to finance a portion of the consideration payable pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.
The GAC Credit Facility is secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the assets of GAC, and is guaranteed by the Company. Interest on the GAC Credit Facility is payable quarterly at the rate of 8.5% per annum, and the lenders under the GAC Credit Facility are entitled to an additional payment at maturity equal to the greater of 3% of the principal amount of the GAC Credit Facility and 10% of cumulative three-year EBITDA of GAC in excess of $10 million, on a pro rata basis. The GAC Credit Facility has a three-year maturity. The obligations of GAC and the Company pursuant to the documentation governing the GAC Credit Facility are subordinated to the Company’s obligations under the Uncommitted Credit Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2016, as amended, among the Company, Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A. New York Branch, as administrative agent, and the lenders named therein (the “Uncommitted Credit Agreement”) including, among other subordination terms, that, the lenders under the GAC Credit Facility will be permitted to collect regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest, provided that no event of default is continuing under the Uncommitted Credit Agreement and the Company is in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants pursuant to the Uncommitted Credit Agreement (see
Note 19
).
Risks Relating to Our Business Generally
Our business is heavily dependent on our credit facility.
Our business depends substantially on our ability to obtain financing for our operations. The Trading Credit Facility (as further described and defined below) provides the Company with the liquidity to buy and sell billions of dollars of precious metals annually. The Trading Credit Facility is an uncommitted demand facility provided by a syndicate of financial institutions (the “Trading Credit Lenders”), and is currently scheduled to mature on March 31, 2018. A-Mark routinely uses funds drawn under the Trading Credit Facility to purchase metals from its suppliers and for operating cash flow purposes. Our CFC subsidiary also uses the funds drawn under the Trading Credit Facility to finance its lending activities.
Pursuant to the terms of the Trading Credit Facility, each Trading Credit Lender may, at any time in its sole discretion (subject to certain notice requirements), decline to make loans to us. If we are unable to access funds under the Trading Credit Facility, we may be limited in the manner in which we conduct our business and we may be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance future operations or capital needs.
The Trading Credit Facility requires us to maintain certain financial ratios and to comply with various operational and other covenants. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Trading Credit Facility that was not cured or waived pursuant to the terms of the Trading Credit Facility, the Trading Credit Lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the Trading Credit Facility to be due and payable immediately. Further, Trading Credit Lenders holding 50% or more of the indebtedness under the Trading Credit Facility may require us to repay all outstanding indebtedness under the Trading Credit Facility at any time, even if we are in compliance with the financial and other covenants under the Trading Credit Facility.
We cannot assure you that our assets or cash flow would be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under our outstanding debt instruments, including the Trading Credit Facility, upon demand or acceleration, or at maturity, or that we would be able to refinance or restructure the payments under the Trading Credit Facility. The failure of A-Mark to renew or replace the Trading Credit Facility under such circumstances would reduce the financing available to us and could limit our ability to conduct our business, including the lending activity of our CFC subsidiary. There can be no assurance that we could procure replacement financing on commercially acceptable terms on a timely basis, or at all. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as
7
collateral under the Trading Credit Facility, and if we were unable to repay the amounts outstanding thereunder, the administrative agent under the Trading Credit Facility could proceed against the collateral granted to secure such indebtedness.
We are subject to fluctuations in interest rates based on the variable interest under the Trading Credit Facility and we may not be able to pass along to our customers and borrowers some or any part of an increase in the interest that we are required to pay under the Trading Credit Facility. Amounts under the Trading Credit Facility bear interest based on one month LIBOR plus (i)
2.50%
for revolving credit line loans and (ii)
4.50%
for loans extended in excess of the then-available revolving credit line. The LIBOR was approximately
1.17%
as of
June 30, 2017
.
In addition to the Trading Credit Facility, we have incurred the GAC Credit Facility to finance the Goldline acquisition (as described above under "
Business - Recent Acquisition"
.) The obligations of the Company and GAC pursuant to the GAC Credit Facility are subordinated to the obligations of the Company pursuant to the Trading Credit Facility as set forth in certain subordination agreements executed in connection with the GAC Credit Facility (the “GAC Subordination Agreements”), and the GAC Credit Facility requires us to comply with various operational and other covenants. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the GAC Credit Facility that is not cured or waived pursuant to the terms of the GAC Credit Facility, the lenders holding a majority of the loans under the GAC Credit Facility then outstanding could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the GAC Credit Facility to be due and payable immediately, subject to the requirements of the GAC Subordination Agreements, as applicable. We have pledged substantially all of the assets of GAC as collateral under the GAC Credit Facility, and if we were unable to repay the amounts outstanding thereunder, the lenders under the GAC Credit Facility could proceed against the collateral granted to secure such indebtedness, subject to the GAC Subordination Agreements, as applicable. We cannot assure you that the assets or cash flow available to GAC would be sufficient to fully repay the borrowings under the GAC Credit Facility, upon demand or acceleration, or at maturity, or that we would be able to refinance or restructure the payments under the GAC Credit Facility. Further, the incurrence of the GAC Credit Facility increases the risks as a result of our leverage.
We could suffer losses with our financing operations.
We engage in a variety of financing activities with our customers:
|
•
|
Receivables from our customers with whom we trade in precious metal products are effectively short-term, non-interest bearing extensions of credit that are, in most cases, secured by the related products maintained in the Company’s possession or by a letter of credit issued on behalf of the customer. On average, these receivables are outstanding for periods of between 8 and 9 days.
|
|
•
|
The Company operates a financing business through CFC that makes secured loans at loan to value ratios—principal loan amount divided by the liquidation value, as conservatively estimated by management, of the collateral—of, in most cases, 50% to 85%. These loans are both variable and fixed interest rate loans, with maturities from three to twelve months.
|
|
•
|
We make advances to our customers on unrefined metals secured by materials received from the customer. These advances are limited to a portion of the materials received.
|
|
•
|
The Company makes unsecured, short-term, non-interest bearing advances to wholesale metals dealers and government mints.
|
|
•
|
The Company periodically extends short-term credit through the issuance of notes receivable to approved customers at interest rates determined on a customer-by-customer basis.
|
Our ability to minimize losses on the credit that we extend to our customers depends on a variety of factors, including:
|
•
|
our loan underwriting and other credit policies and controls designed to assure repayment, which may prove inadequate to prevent losses;
|
|
•
|
our ability to sell collateral upon customer defaults for amounts sufficient to offset credit losses, which can be affected by a number of factors outside of our control, including (i) changes in economic conditions, (ii) increases in market rates of interest and (iii) changes in the condition or value of the collateral; and
|
|
•
|
the reserves we establish for loan losses, which may prove inadequate.
|
8
Our business is dependent on a concentrated customer base.
One of A-Mark's key assets is its customer base. This customer base provides deep distribution of product and makes A-Mark a desirable trading partner for precious metals product manufacturers, including sovereign mints seeking to distribute precious metals coinage or large refiners seeking to sell large volumes of physical precious metals. Two customers represented
38.1%
of A-Mark's revenues for the
year ended June 30, 2017
. Those same two customers represented
25.2%
of A-Mark's revenues for the
year ended June 30, 2016
. If our relationship with these customers deteriorated, or if we were to lose these customers, our business would be materially adversely affected.
The loss of a government purchaser/distributorship arrangement could materially adversely affect our business.
A-Mark’s business is heavily dependent on its purchaser/distributorship arrangements with various governmental mints. Our ability to offer numismatic coins and bars to our customers on a competitive basis is based on the ability to purchase products directly from a government source. The arrangements with the governmental mints may be discontinued by them at any time. The loss of an authorized purchaser/distributor relationship, including with the U.S. Mint could have a material adverse effect on our business.
The materials held by A-Mark are subject to loss, damage, theft or restriction on access.
A-Mark has significant quantities of high-value precious metals on site, at third-party depositories and in transit. There is a risk that part or all of the gold and other precious metals held by A-Mark, whether on its own behalf or on behalf of its customers, could be lost, damaged or stolen. In addition, access to A-Mark’s precious metals could be restricted by natural events (such as an earthquake) or human actions (such as a terrorist attack). Although we maintain insurance on terms and conditions that we consider appropriate, we may not have adequate sources of recovery if our precious metals inventory is lost, damaged, stolen or destroyed, and recovery may be limited. Among other things, our insurance policies exclude coverage in the event of loss as a result of terrorist attacks or civil unrest.
In addition, with the establishment of our Logistics facility and the transfer of our wholesale storage operations from third party depositories to that facility, we are assuming greater potential liability for any loss suffered in connection with the stored inventory. Among other things, our insurance, rather than the third-party depository’s, is now the primary risk policy. While we believe we have adequate insurance coverage covering these operations, in the event of any loss in excess of our coverage, we may be held liable for that excess.
Our business is subject to the risk of fraud and counterfeiting.
The precious metals (particularly bullion) business is exposed to the risk of loss as a result of “materials fraud” in its various forms. We seek to minimize our exposure to this type of fraud through a number of means, including third-party authentication and verification, reliance on our internal experts and the establishment of procedures designed to detect fraud. However, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in preventing or identifying this type of fraud, or in obtaining redress in the event such fraud is detected.
Our business is influenced by political conditions and world events.
The precious metals business is especially subject to global political conditions and world events. Precious metals are viewed by some as a secure financial investment in times of political upheaval or unrest, particularly in developing economies, which may drive up pricing. The volatility of the commodity prices for precious metals is also likely to increase in politically uncertain times. Conversely, during periods of relative international calm precious metal volatility is likely to decrease, along with demand, and the prices of precious metals may retreat. Because our business is dependent on the volatility and pricing of precious metals, we are likely to be influenced by world events more than businesses in other economic sectors.
We have significant operations outside the United States.
We derive about 5% to 10% of our revenues from business outside the United States, including from customers in developing countries. Business operations outside the U.S. are subject to political, economic and other risks inherent in operating in foreign countries. These include risks of general applicability, such as the need to comply with multiple regulatory regimes; trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements; and fluctuations in equity, revenues and profits due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Currently, we do not conduct substantial business with customers in developing countries. However, if our business in these areas of the world were to increase, we would also face risks that are particular to developing countries, including the difficulty of enforcing agreements, collecting receivables, protecting inventory and other assets through foreign legal systems, limitations on the repatriation of earnings, currency devaluation and manipulation of exchange rates, and high levels of inflation.
9
We try to manage these risks by monitoring current and anticipated political, economic, legal and regulatory developments in the countries outside the United States in which we operate or have customers and adjusting operations as appropriate, but there can be no assurance that the measures we adopt will be successful in protecting the Company’s business interests.
We are dependent on our key management personnel and our trading experts.
Our performance is dependent on our senior management and certain other key employees. We have employment agreements with Greg Roberts, our CEO, and Thor Gjerdrum, our President, which expire on June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019, respectively. These and other employees have expertise in the trading markets, have industry-wide reputations, and perform critical functions for our business. We cannot offer assurance that we will be able to negotiate acceptable terms for the renewal of the employment agreements or otherwise retain our key employees. Also, there is significant competition for skilled precious metals traders and other industry professionals. The loss of our current key officers and employees, without the ability to replace them, would have a materially adverse effect on our business.
We are focused on growing our business, but there is no assurance that we will be successful.
We expect to grow both organically and through opportunistic acquisitions. We have devoted considerable time, resources and efforts over the past few years to our growth strategy. We may not be successful in implementing our growth initiatives, which could adversely affect our business.
Liquidity constraints may limit our ability to grow our business.
To accomplish our growth strategy, we will require adequate sources of liquidity to fund both our existing business and our expansion activity. Currently, our sources of liquidity are the cash that we generate from operations and our borrowing availability under the Trading Credit Facility. There can be no assurance that these sources will be adequate to support the growth that we are hoping to achieve or that additional sources of financing for this purpose, in the form of additional debt or equity financing, will be available to us, on satisfactory terms or at all. Also, the Trading Credit Facility contains, and any future debt financing is likely to contain, various financial and other restrictive covenants. The need to comply with these covenants may limit our ability to implement our growth initiatives.
We expect to grow in part through acquisitions, but an acquisition strategy entails risks.
We expect to grow in part through acquisitions. We will consider potential acquisitions of varying sizes and may, on a selective basis, pursue acquisitions or consolidation opportunities involving other public companies or privately held companies. However, it is possible that we will not realize the expected benefits from our acquisitions or that our existing operations will be adversely affected as a result of acquisitions. Acquisitions entail certain risks, including: unrecorded liabilities of acquired companies that we fail to discover during our due diligence investigations; difficulty in assimilating the operations and personnel of the acquired company within our existing operations or in maintaining uniform standards; loss of key employees of the acquired company; and strains on management and other personnel time and resources both to research and integrate acquisitions.
We expect to pay for future acquisitions using cash, capital stock, notes and/or assumption of indebtedness. To the extent that our existing sources of cash are not sufficient to fund future acquisitions, we will require additional debt or equity financing and, consequently, our indebtedness may increase or shareholders may be diluted as we implement our growth strategy.
Our Logistics' depository is subject to authorization.
Our Trading Credit Lenders have approved our Logistics facility as an authorized depository. If that approval were to be withdrawn for any reason, we would no longer be able to keep inventory at that location, which would substantially limit our ability to conduct business from that facility.
We are subject to laws and regulations.
We are subject to various laws, litigation, regulatory matters and ethical standards, and our failure to comply with or adequately address developments as they arise could adversely affect our reputation and operations. Our policies, procedures and practices and the technology we implement are designed to comply with federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules and regulations, including those imposed by the SEC and other regulatory agencies, the marketplace, the banking industry and foreign countries, as well as responsible business, social and environmental practices, all of which may change from time to time. Significant legislative changes, including those that relate to employment matters and health care reform, could impact our relationship with our workforce, which could increase our expenses and adversely affect our operations. In addition, if we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations or implement responsible business, social and environmental practices, we could be subject to damage to our reputation, class action lawsuits, legal and settlement costs, civil and criminal liability, increased cost of regulatory compliance, restatements of our financial statements, disruption of our business and loss of customers. Any required changes to our employment practices could result in the loss of employees, reduced sales, increased employment costs, low employee morale and harm to our business and results of operations. In addition, political and economic factors could lead to unfavorable changes
10
in federal and state tax laws, which may increase our tax liabilities. An increase in our tax liabilities could adversely affect our results of operations. We are also regularly involved in various litigation matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. Litigation or regulatory developments could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
There are various federal, state, local and foreign laws, ordinances and regulations that affect our trading business. For example, we are required to comply with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and a variety of anti-money laundering and know-your-customer rules in response to the USA Patriot Act.
The SEC has promulgated final rules mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act regarding disclosure, on an annual basis, of the use of tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold, known as conflict minerals, in products manufactured by public companies. These new rules require due diligence to determine whether such minerals originated from the Democratic Republic of Congo (the "DRC") or an adjoining country and whether such minerals helped finance the armed conflict in the DRC.
The Company has concluded that it is not currently subject to the conflict minerals rules because it is not a manufacturer of conflict minerals under the definitions set forth in the rules. Depending on developments in the Company’s business, it could become subject to the rules at some point in the future. In that event, there will be costs associated with complying with these disclosure requirements, including costs to determine the origin of gold used in our products. In addition, the implementation of these rules could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of gold used in our products. Also, we may face disqualification as a supplier for customers and reputational challenges if the due diligence procedures we implement do not enable us to verify the origins for the gold used in our products or to determine that the gold is conflict free.
CFC operates under a California Finance Lenders License issued by the California Department of Corporations. CFC is required to submit a finance lender law annual report to the state which summarizes certain loan portfolio and financial information regarding CFC. The Department of Corporations may audit the books and records of CFC to determine whether CFC is in compliance with the terms of its lending license.
There can be no assurance that the regulation of our trading and lending businesses will not increase or that compliance with the applicable regulations will not become more costly or require us to modify our business practices.
We operate in a highly competitive industry.
The business of buying and selling precious metals is global and highly competitive. The Company competes with precious metals trading firms and banks throughout North America, Europe and elsewhere in the world, some of whom have greater financial and other resources, and greater name recognition, than the Company. We believe that, as a full service firm devoted exclusively to precious metals trading, we offer pricing, product availability, execution, financing alternatives and storage options that are attractive to our customers and allow us to compete effectively. We also believe that our purchaser/distributorship arrangements with various governmental mints
give us a competitive advantage in our coin distribution business. However, given the global reach of the precious metals trading business, the absence of intellectual property protections and the availability of numerous, evolving platforms for trading in precious metals, we cannot assure you that A-Mark will be able to continue to compete successfully or that future developments in the industry will not create additional competitive challenges.
We rely extensively on computer systems to execute trades and process transactions, and we could suffer substantial damages if the operation of these systems were interrupted.
We rely on our computer and communications hardware and software systems to execute a large volume of trading transactions each year. It is therefore critical that we maintain uninterrupted operation of these systems, and we have invested considerable resources to protect our systems from physical compromise and security breaches and to maintain backup and redundancy. Nevertheless, our systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches, including breaches of our transaction processing or other systems, catastrophic events such as fires, tornadoes and hurricanes, and usage errors by our employees. If our systems are breached, damaged or cease to function properly, we may have to make a significant investment to fix or replace them, we may suffer interruptions in our ability to provide quotations or trading services in the interim, and we may face costly litigation.
Our implementation of a new enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system may adversely affect our business and results of operations or the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting.
We are currently implementing a new ERP system. ERP implementations are complex and time-consuming projects that involve substantial expenditures on system software and implementation activities over a significant period of time. If we do not effectively implement the ERP system or if the system does not operate as intended, it could adversely affect our financial reporting systems and our ability to produce financial reports, the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
11
If our customer data were breached, we could suffer damages and loss of reputation.
By the nature of our business, we maintain significant amounts of customer data on our systems. Moreover, certain third party providers have access to confidential data concerning the Company in the ordinary course of their business relationships with the Company. In recent years, various companies, including companies that are significantly larger than us, have reported breaches of their computer systems that have resulted in the compromise of customer data. Any significant compromise or breach of customer or company data held or maintained by either the Company or our third party providers could significantly damage our reputation and result in costs, lost trades, fines and lawsuits. The regulatory environment related to information security and privacy is increasingly rigorous, with new and constantly changing requirements applicable to our business, and compliance with those requirements could result in additional costs. There is no guarantee that the procedures that we have implemented to protect against unauthorized access to secured data are adequate to safeguard against all data security breaches.
Risks Related to Our Acquisition of the Goldline Assets
We expect that our recent acquisition of the assets of Goldline, LLC will grow our business and create opportunities from cross-selling, but there is no assurance that this will be the case.
On August 28, 2017, we consummated the acquisition of the assets of Goldline, LLC, a leading direct retailer of precious metals to the investor community. We believe that the acquisition represents an attractive opportunity to expand our suite of integrated precious metals businesses into the direct-to-client space. We also believe that the acquisition will provide an opportunity to cross-sell our products and services to Goldline’s broad, high-end customer base, for example utilization of our precious coin and metal storage services at our secured Las Vegas, Nevada facility. Nevertheless, there is no assurance that we will be successful in conducting a retail bullion business. For example, the success of this business will require that we continue to maintain the loyalty of a large, widely disseminated customer base, and could depend on our ability to anticipate and appropriately respond to changing attitudes of consumers to investment in precious metals. There also can be no assurance that we will be successful in our efforts to cross-sell other products and services to the Goldline client base. If the Goldline business does not succeed as we anticipate, or if we are required to make significant additional investment in the Goldline business in order to maintain or expand the business, our results of operation and liquidity could be adversely affected, which could in turn cause us to be in violation of one or more covenants under the Trading Credit Facility.
The Company may incur unanticipated costs integrating the Goldline business into our operations.
In order to fully achieve the anticipated benefits and synergies of our acquisition of the assets of Goldline, LLC, we will need to successfully integrate the Goldline business, which will be conducted through a separate subsidiary of the Company, with our existing operations. Brian Crumbaker, the chief executive officer of Goldline, and Blair Harris, the executive vice president of Goldline, have joined our Company, and we expect that with their experience and expertise, we will be able to align the Goldine business with our existing operations with a minimum amount of delay and disruption. We cannot assure you that this will be the case, however, and the integration process may take longer, may be more costly, and may require more time and attention of senior management than we anticipate. If that were the case, the benefits that we hope to achieve from the acquisition may not be realized in the time frame we anticipate or at all.
Goldline’s prior marketing practices could generate adverse publicity for the Company.
In 2011, Goldline and a number of its executives were the subject to a criminal complaint in Santa Monica, California regarding the company’s marketing practices and in February 2012, Goldline settled the action against it by agreeing to refund $4.5 million to its customers. Key members of management were replaced at about the time of the settlement, and, as required by the terms of a related injunction, Goldline eliminated the offending aspects of its sales operations that were the subject of the legal action against it. The injunction expired in early 2017. We believe that in the five years since the criminal action was settled, Goldline has reestablished its reputation as a trusted, premier retailer of precious metals. Nonetheless, it is possible that Goldline's past businesses issues may continue to have reputational consequences for the Goldline business, and following our acquisition of Goldline, could generate adverse publicity for the Company.
12
Risks Relating to Commodities
A-Mark’s business is heavily influenced by volatility in commodities prices.
A primary driver of A-Mark’s profitability is volatility in commodities prices, which leads to wider bid and ask spreads. Among the factors that can impact the price of precious metals are supply and demand of precious metals; political, economic, and global financial events; movement of the U.S. dollar versus other currencies; and the activity of large speculators such as hedge funds. If commodity prices were to stagnate, there would likely be a reduction in trading activity, resulting in less demand for the services A-Mark provides, which could materially adversely affect our business, liquidity and results of operations.
This volatility may drive fluctuation of our revenues, as a consequence of which our results for any one period may not be indicative of the results to be expected for any other period. See “
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
.”
Our business is exposed to commodity price risks, and our hedging activity to protect our inventory is subject to risks of default by our counterparties.
A-Mark’s precious metals inventories are subject to market value changes created by change in the underlying commodity price, as well as supply and demand of the individual products the Company trades. In addition, open sale and purchase commitments are subject to changes in value between the date the purchase or sale is fixed (the trade date) and the date metal is delivered or received (the settlement date). A-Mark seeks to minimize the effect of price changes of the underlying commodity through the use of financial derivative instruments, such as forward and futures contracts. A-Mark’s policy is to remain substantially hedged as to its inventory position and its individual sale and purchase commitments. A-Mark’s management monitors its hedged exposure daily. However, there can be no assurance that these hedging activities will be adequate to protect the Company against commodity price risks associated with A-Mark’s business activities.
Furthermore, even if we are fully hedged as to any given position, there is the risk of default by our counterparties to the hedge. Any such default could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.
Increased commodity pricing could limit the inventory that we are able to carry.
We maintain a large and varied inventory of precious metal products, including bullion and coins, in order to support our trading activities and provide our customers with superior service. The amount of inventory that we are able to carry is constrained by the borrowing limitations and working capital covenants under the Trading Credit Facility. If commodity prices were to rise substantially, and we were unable to modify the terms of the Trading Credit Facility to compensate for the increase, the quantity of product that we could finance, and hence maintain in our inventory, would fall. This would likely have a material adverse effect on our operations.
The Dodd-Frank Act could adversely impact our use of derivative instruments to hedge precious metal prices and may have other adverse effects on our business.
On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, which requires the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to promulgate rules and regulations implementing the new legislation, including with respect to derivative contracts on commodities. This legislation and any implementing regulations could significantly increase the cost of some commodity derivative contracts (including through requirements to post collateral, which could adversely affect our available liquidity), materially alter the terms of some commodity derivative contracts, reduce the availability of some derivatives to protect against risks, reduce our ability to monetize or restructure our existing commodity derivative contracts and potentially increase our exposure to less creditworthy counterparties. If we reduce our use of derivatives as a result of the Dodd-Frank legislation and regulations, we would be exposed to inventory and other risks associated with fluctuations in commodity prices. Also, if the Dodd-Frank legislation and regulations reduces volatility in commodity prices, our revenues could be adversely affected.
We rely on the efficient functioning of commodity exchanges around the world, and disruptions on these exchanges could adversely affect our business.
The Company buys and sells precious metals contracts on commodity exchanges around the world, both in support of its customer operations and to hedge its inventory and transactional exposure against fluctuations in commodity prices. The Company’s ability to engage in these activities would be compromised if the exchanges on which the Company trades or any of their clearinghouses were to discontinue operations or to experience disruptions in trading, due to computer problems, unsettled markets or other factors. The Company may also experience risk of loss if futures commission merchants or commodity brokers with whom the Company deals were to become insolvent or bankrupt.
13
Risks Relating to Our Common Stock
Public company costs have increased our expenses and administrative burden, in particular in order to bring our Company into compliance with certain provisions of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.
As a public company, we are incurring significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. These increased costs and expenses may arise from various factors, including financial reporting costs associated with complying with federal securities laws (including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002).
Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and related regulations implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ have created uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to new and proposed rules and cannot predict or estimate the amount of the additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. Applicable laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased selling, general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.
Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley could have a material adverse effect on our business.
As a public company, we are required to document and test our internal control over financial reporting in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
We are required to implement standalone policies and procedures to comply with the requirements of Section 404. During the course of our testing of our internal controls and procedures, we may identify deficiencies which we may not be able to remediate in time to meet our deadline for compliance with Section 404. Testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are also important to the operation of our business. We also expect that the imposition of these regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting, then investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock. In addition, if we do not maintain effective internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial information on a timely basis, which could harm the trading price of our common stock, impair our ability to raise additional capital, or jeopardize our continued listing on the NASDAQ Global Select Market or any other stock exchange on which common stock may be listed.
We may not be able to continue to pay dividends.
Effective March 2, 2015, the Board of Directors approved a cash dividend policy calling for the payment of a quarterly cash dividend of $0.05 per common share. The policy was amended on February 2, 2016 to provide for a quarterly cash dividend of $0.07 per common share, and then on January 26, 2017 to provide for a quarterly cash dividend of $0.08 per common share. The declaration of cash dividends in the future is subject to the determination each quarter by the Board of Directors, based on a number of factors, including the Company’s financial performance, available cash resources, cash requirements, bank covenants, and alternative uses of cash that the Board of Directors may conclude would represent an opportunity to generate a greater return on investment for the Company. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will continue to pay dividends on a regular basis. If the Board of Directors were to determine not to pay dividends in the future, shareholders would not receive any further return on an investment in our capital stock in the form of dividends, and may only obtain an economic benefit from the common stock only after an increase in its trading price and only by selling the common stock.
Provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and of Delaware law may prevent or delay an acquisition of the Company, which could decrease the trading price of our common stock.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain certain anti-takeover provisions that could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, control of the Company without negotiating with our board of directors. Such provisions could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for the Company’s securities. Certain of such provisions
14
allow the Company to issue preferred stock with rights senior to those of the common stock, impose various procedural and other requirements which could make it more difficult for Shareholders to effect certain corporate actions and set forth rules regarding how shareholders may present proposals or nominate directors for election at shareholder meetings.
We believe these provisions protect our shareholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our Board of Directors and by providing our Board of Directors with more time to assess any acquisition proposal. However, these provisions apply even if an acquisition offer may be considered beneficial by some shareholders and could delay or prevent an acquisition that our Board of Directors determines is not in the best interests of our Company and our Shareholders. Accordingly, in the event that our board determines that a potential business combination transaction is not in the best interests of our Company and our Shareholders, but certain shareholders believe that such a transaction would be beneficial to the Company and its Shareholders, such Shareholders may elect to sell their shares in the Company and the trading price of our common stock could decrease.
Your percentage ownership in the Company could be diluted in the future.
Your percentage ownership in A-Mark potentially will be diluted in the future because of additional equity awards that we expect will be granted to our directors, officers and employees. We have established an equity incentive plan that provides for the grant of common stock-based equity awards to our directors, officers and other employees. In addition, we may issue equity in order to raise capital or in connection with future acquisitions and strategic investments, which could dilute your percentage ownership.
Our board and management beneficially own a sizeable percentage of our common stock and therefore have the ability to exert substantial influence as shareholders.
Members of our board and management beneficially own approximately 40% of our outstanding common stock. Acting together in their capacity as shareholders, the board members and management could exert substantial influence over matters on which a shareholder vote is required, such as the approval of business combination transactions. Also because of the size of their beneficial ownership, the board members and management may be in a position effectively to determine the outcome of the election of directors and the vote on shareholder proposals. The concentration of beneficial ownership in the hands of our board and management may therefore limit the ability of our public shareholders to influence the affairs of the Company.
If the Company's spinoff from SGI is determined to be taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes, our shareholders could incur significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities.
In connection with the spinoff, SGI received the written opinion of Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP ("Kramer Levin") to the effect that the spinoff qualified as a tax-free transaction under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code, and that for U.S. federal income tax purposes (i) no gain or loss was recognized by SGI upon the distribution of our common stock in the spinoff, and (ii) no gain or loss was recognized by, and no amount was included in the income of, holders of SGI common stock upon the receipt of shares of our common stock in the spinoff. The opinion of tax counsel is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or the courts, and there is no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position. In addition, the opinion of Kramer Levin relied on certain representations and covenants delivered by SGI and us. If, notwithstanding the conclusions included in the opinion, it is ultimately determined that the distribution does not qualify as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, each SGI shareholder that is subject to U.S. federal income tax and that received shares of our common stock in the distribution could be treated as receiving a taxable distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of such shares. In addition, if the distribution were not to qualify as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, then SGI would recognize a gain in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of our common stock distributed to SGI shareholders on the date of the distribution over SGI’s tax basis in such shares. Also, we could have an indemnification obligation to SGI related to its tax liability.
None.
15
As of
June 30, 2017
, the Company owned or leased properties in El Segundo, California; Las Vegas. Nevada; Winchester, Indiana; and Vienna, Austria, as described below:
|
Location
|
General Use of Facility
|
Square Footage
|
Ownership
|
Lease Term/Expiration
|
||||||
|
El Segundo, California
|
Corporate headquarters, trading desk, secured lending and back-office operations
|
9,000
|
|
Leased
|
March 2026
|
|||||
|
Las Vegas, Nevada
|
Storage and fulfillment logistics operations
|
17,600
|
|
Leased
|
April 2020
|
|||||
|
Winchester, Indiana
|
Minting operations
|
11,400
|
|
(1)
|
Owned
|
—
|
||||
|
Vienna, Austria
|
Trading desk
|
248
|
|
Leased
|
every three months
|
|||||
|
(1) This facility is located on 2.9 acres of land that is owned by the Company.
|
||||||||||
We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.
None.
Market Information
SGI effected the spinoff of A-Mark on March 14, 2014. On March 17, 2014, A-Mark’s shares of common stock commenced trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "AMRK."
As of
September 11, 2017
, there were
228
registered stockholders of record of our common stock and the last reported sale price of our stock as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market was
$18.03
.
The following table sets forth the range of high and low closing prices for our common stock for each full quarterly period during
fiscal 2017 and 2016
, as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market. These quotations below reflect inter-dealer closing prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.
|
2017
|
2016
|
||||||||||||||
|
Quarter
|
High
|
Low
|
High
|
Low
|
|||||||||||
|
First
|
$
|
17.67
|
|
$
|
15.81
|
|
$
|
11.77
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|||
|
Second
|
$
|
19.50
|
|
$
|
15.03
|
|
$
|
18.91
|
|
$
|
11.45
|
|
|||
|
Third
|
$
|
21.49
|
|
$
|
17.08
|
|
$
|
21.73
|
|
$
|
15.79
|
|
|||
|
Fourth
|
$
|
18.01
|
|
$
|
15.15
|
|
$
|
21.99
|
|
$
|
14.14
|
|
|||
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
None.
16
Dividend Policy
As of
June 30, 2017
, the Company has a dividend policy, which has been approved by the Board of Directors, that calls for the payment of a quarterly cash dividend of $0.08 per common share. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will be dependent upon financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, restrictive financial covenants, and such other factors as our Board of Directors deems relevant. A-Mark’s credit facility has certain restrictive financial covenants which could affect our ability to pay dividends, including a covenant which limits annual dividend payments to 35% of consolidated net income.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information as of
June 30, 2017
, with respect to the shares of our common stock that may be issued under existing equity compensation plans.
|
Plan category
|
(a)
Number of
securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights
|
(b)
Weighted average
exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights
|
(c)
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
|
||||||||||
|
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
|
741,327
|
|
$
|
17.89
|
|
103,800
|
|
(1)
|
|||||
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Total
|
741,327
|
|
$
|
17.89
|
|
103,800
|
|
||||||
|
_________________________________
|
|||
|
(1)
|
These shares are available for future issuance under A-Mark's 2014 Stock Award and Incentive Plan ("2014 Plan"). All 2014 Plan shares are available for awards of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, restricted stock and other "full-value" awards.
|
||
Not applicable for a smaller reporting company.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT PURSUANT TO THE PRIVATE SECURITES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995
This
Annual Report
on Form
10-K
("Form
10-K
") contains statements that are considered forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give the Company's current expectations and forecasts of future events. All statements other than statements of current or historical fact contained in this
Annual Report
, including statements regarding the Company's future financial position, business strategy, budgets, projected costs and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” and similar expressions, as they relate to the Company, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on the Company's current plans, and the Company's actual future activities and results of operations may be materially different from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the statements made. Any or all of the forward-looking statements in this
Annual Report
may turn out to be inaccurate. The Company has based these forward-looking statements largely on its current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that it believes may affect its financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. The forward-looking statements can be affected by inaccurate assumptions or by known or unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly revise these forward-looking statements to reflect events occurring after the date hereof. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to the Company or persons acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained in this Form
10-K
.
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated
financial statements and notes contained elsewhere in this Form
10-K
. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in
17
these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those factors discussed below and elsewhere in this
Annual Report
, particularly in “
Risk Factors
.”
INTRODUCTION
Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is provided as a supplement to the accompanying
consolidated
financial statements and related notes to help provide an understanding of our results of operations and financial condition. Our discussion is organized as follows:
|
•
|
Executive overview
.
This section provides a general description of our business, as well as significant transactions and events that we believe are important in understanding the results of operations.
|
|
•
|
Results of operations
.
This section provides an analysis of our results of operations presented in the accompanying
consolidated
statements of income by comparing the results for the respective years. Included in our analysis is a discussion of five performance metrics: (i) ounces of gold sold, (ii) ounces of silver sold, (iii) trading ticket volume, (iv) inventory turnover ratio and (v) number of secured loans at period-end.
|
|
•
|
Financial condition and liquidity and capital resources
.
This section provides an analysis of our cash flows, as well as a discussion of our outstanding debt as of
June 30, 2017
. Included in the discussion of outstanding debt is a discussion of the amount of financial capacity available to fund our future commitments, as well as a discussion of other financing arrangements.
|
|
•
|
Critical accounting estimates
.
This section discusses those accounting policies that both are considered important to our financial condition and results, and require significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in their application. In addition, all of our policies, including critical accounting policies, are summarized in
Note 2
to the accompanying
consolidated
financial statements.
|
|
•
|
Recent accounting pronouncements
.
This section discusses new accounting pronouncements, dates of implementation and impact on our accompanying
consolidated
financial statements.
|
EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW
Our Business
A-Mark is a full-service precious metals trading company, and an official distributor for many government mints throughout the world. We offer gold, silver, platinum and palladium in the form of bars, plates, powder, wafers, grain, ingots and coins. Our Industrial unit services manufacturers and fabricators of products utilizing or incorporating precious metals. Our Coin and Bar unit deals in over 200 coin and bar products in a variety of weights, shapes and sizes for distribution to dealers and other qualified purchasers. We have trading centers in El Segundo, California and Vienna, Austria for buying and selling precious metals. In addition to wholesale trading activity, A-Mark offers its customers a variety of services, including financing, storage, consignment, logistics and various customized financial programs. As a U.S. Mint-authorized purchaser of gold, silver and platinum coins, A-Mark purchases product directly from the U.S. Mint and other sovereign mints for sale to its customers.
Through our subsidiary Collateral Finance Corporation, referred to as CFC, a licensed California Finance Lender, we offer loans collateralized by numismatic and semi-numismatic coins and bullion to coin and precious metal dealers, investors and collectors. Through our Transcontinental Depository Services subsidiary, referred to as TDS, we offer a variety of managed storage options for precious metals products to financial institutions, dealers, investors and collectors around the world. TDS started doing business in 2012.
Our financing business generates interest income that is not classified as revenues. If interest income generated by the financing business were classified as revenues, it would represent less than 1% of our total revenues for each of the periods presented. Our storage business generated less than 1% of total revenues for each of the periods presented.
The Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, A-M Global Logistics, LLC, referred to as Logistics, commenced operations as a logistics fulfillment center in July 2015. Logistics, based in Las Vegas, Nevada, provides our customers an array of complementary services, including receiving, handling, inventorying, processing, packing, and shipping of precious metals and custom coins on a secure basis. Our logistics business generated less than 1% of the total revenues for each of the periods presented.
In August 2016, the Company formed AMST, a joint venture with SilverTowne, L.P. (“SilverTowne”), an Indiana-based producer of minted silver. The Company and SilverTowne L.P. own 55% and 45%, respectively, of AMST. AMST acquired the entire minting operations (referred to as "SilverTowne Mint") of SilverTowne L.P., with the goal of providing greater product selection to our customers and greater pricing stability within the supply chain, as well as to gain increased access to silver during volatile market environments, which have historically resulted in higher demand for precious metals products.
18
Our Strategy
The Company has grown from a small numismatics firm in 1965 to a significant participant in the bullion and coin markets, with approximately
$7.0 billion
and
$6.8 billion
in revenues for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, respectively. Our strategy continues to focus on growth, including the volume of our business, our geographic presence, particularly in Europe, and the scope of complementary products and services that we offer to our customers. We intend to promote our growth by leveraging off of the strengths of our existing integrated operations: the depth of our customer relations; our access to market makers, suppliers and government mints and other mints; our trading offices in the U.S. and Europe, which are open 21 hours a day 5 days a week; our expansive precious metals dealer network; our depository relationships around the world; our knowledge of secured lending; our logistics capabilities; our trading expertise; and the quality and experience of our management team.
Our Customers
Our customers include financial institutions, bullion retailers, industrial manufacturers and fabricators, sovereign mints, refiners, coin and metal dealers, investors and collectors. The Company makes a two way market, which results in many customers also operating as our suppliers. This diverse base of customers purchases a variety of products from the Company in a multitude of grades, primarily in the form of coins and bars.
Factors Affecting Revenues, Gross Profits, Interest Income and Interest Expense
Revenues.
The Company enters into transactions to sell and deliver gold, silver, platinum and palladium to industrial and commercial users, coin and bullion dealers, mints, and financial institutions. The metals are investment or industrial grade and are sold in a variety of shapes and sizes.
The Company also sells precious metals on forward contracts at a fixed price based on current prevailing precious metal spot prices with a certain delivery date in the future (up to six months from date of the forward contract.) Typically, these forward contracts are net settled against our other positions or are settled in cash, whereby no physical product is delivered. Sales on forward contracts can range between approximately 20% to 40% of our total revenues in any given period. We enter into these forward contacts as part of our hedging strategy to mitigate our price risk of holding inventory; they are not entered into for speculative purposes.
The Company also engages in lending transactions of precious metal products and other customized financial transactions related to precious metal products with or on behalf of our customers and other counterparties, whereby the Company earns a fee based on the underlying value of the precious metal.
In addition, the Company earns revenue by providing storage solutions for precious metals and numismatic coins for financial institutions, dealers, investors and collectors worldwide and by providing storage and order-fulfillment services to our retail customers. These revenue streams are complementary to our trading activity, and represents less than 1% of our revenues.
The Company operates in a high volume/low margin industry. Revenues are impacted by three primary factors: product volume, market prices and market volatility. A material change in any one or more of these factors may result in a significant change in the Company’s revenues. A significant increase or decrease in revenues can occur simply based on changes in the underlying commodity prices and may not be reflective of an increase or decrease in the volume of products sold.
Gross Profits.
Gross profit is the difference between our revenues and the cost of our products. Since we quote prices based on the current commodity market prices for precious metals, we enter into a combination of forward and futures contracts to effect a hedge position equal to the underlying precious metal commodity value, which substantially represents inventory subject to price risk. We enter into these derivative transactions solely for the purpose of hedging our inventory, and not for speculative purposes. Our gross profit includes the gains and losses resulting from these derivative instruments. However, the gains and losses on the derivative instruments are substantially offset by the gains and losses on the corresponding changes in the market value of our precious metals inventory. As a result, our results of operations generally are not materially impacted solely by changes in commodity prices.
Volatility also affects our gross profits. Greater volatility typically causes the trading spreads to widen resulting in an increase in the gross profit. Product supply constraints during extended periods of higher volatility has historically resulted in a heightening of wider trading spreads resulting in further improvement in the gross profit.
Interest Income.
The Company enters into secured loans and secured financing structures with its customers under which it charges interest income. Through its wholly owned subsidiary, CFC, the Company also enters into loans secured by precious metals and numismatic material owned by the borrowers and held by the Company for the term of the loan. The Company offers a number of secured financing options to its customers to finance their precious metals purchases including consignments and other structured inventory finance products.
19
Interest Expense.
The Company incurs interest expense as a result of usage under its lines of credit. The Company also incurs interest expense as a result of its product financing agreements for the transfer and subsequent re-acquisition of gold and silver at a fixed price with a third-party finance company, and may incur interest expense when we borrow precious metals from our suppliers under short-term arrangements, which can bear interest at a designated rate.
Performance Metrics
In addition to financial statement indicators, management also utilizes certain key operational metrics to assess the performance of our business.
We look at the number of ounces of gold and silver sold and delivered to our customers (excluding ounces recorded on forward contracts). These metrics reflect our business volume without regard to changes in commodity pricing, which also impacts revenue and can mask actual business trends.
Another measure of our business volume, unaffected by changes in commodity pricing, is trading ticket volume, which is the total number orders processed by our trading desks in El Segundo, California and Vienna, Austria. In periods of higher volatility, there is generally increased trading in the commodity markets, and increased demand for our products, which translates into higher business volume.
Inventory turnover is another performance measure on which we are focused. We define inventory turnover as the cost of sales during the relevant period divided by the average inventory during the period. Inventory turnover is a measure of how quickly inventory has moved during the period. A higher inventory turnover ratio, which we typically experience during periods of higher volatility when trading is more robust, reflects a more efficient use of our capital.
Finally, as a measure of the size of our lending business, we look at the number of outstanding secured loans to customers at the end of the fiscal quarter.
Fiscal Year
Our fiscal year end is June 30 each year. Unless otherwise stated, references to years in this report relate to fiscal years rather than to calendar years.
20
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Overview of Results of Operations for the
Years Ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
Consolidated
Results of Operations
The operating results of our business for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
are as follows:
|
in thousands, except per share data and performance metrics
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
$
|
%
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
$
|
% of revenue
|
$
|
% of revenue
|
Increase/(decrease)
|
Increase/(decrease)
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Revenues
|
$
|
6,989,624
|
|
100.000
|
%
|
$
|
6,784,039
|
|
100.000
|
%
|
$
|
205,585
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
||||||
|
Gross profit
|
31,334
|
|
0.448
|
%
|
34,521
|
|
0.509
|
%
|
$
|
(3,187
|
)
|
(9.2
|
)%
|
||||||||
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
(23,343
|
)
|
(0.334
|
)%
|
(22,233
|
)
|
(0.328
|
)%
|
$
|
1,110
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
||||||||
|
Interest income
|
12,553
|
|
0.180
|
%
|
8,795
|
|
0.130
|
%
|
$
|
3,758
|
|
42.7
|
%
|
||||||||
|
Interest expense
|
(10,117
|
)
|
(0.145
|
)%
|
(6,319
|
)
|
(0.093
|
)%
|
$
|
3,798
|
|
60.1
|
%
|
||||||||
|
Other income
|
298
|
|
0.004
|
%
|
701
|
|
0.010
|
%
|
$
|
(403
|
)
|
(57.5
|
)%
|
||||||||
|
Unrealized gain on foreign exchange
|
60
|
|
0.001
|
%
|
99
|
|
0.001
|
%
|
$
|
(39
|
)
|
NM
|
|
||||||||
|
Net income before provision for income taxes
|
10,785
|
|
0.154
|
%
|
15,564
|
|
0.229
|
%
|
$
|
(4,779
|
)
|
(30.7
|
)%
|
||||||||
|
Provision for income taxes
|
(3,721
|
)
|
(0.053
|
)%
|
(6,293
|
)
|
(0.093
|
)%
|
$
|
(2,572
|
)
|
(40.9
|
)%
|
||||||||
|
Net income
|
7,064
|
|
0.101
|
%
|
9,271
|
|
0.137
|
%
|
$
|
(2,207
|
)
|
(23.8
|
)%
|
||||||||
|
Add:
|
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest
|
(22
|
)
|
—
|
%
|
—
|
|
—
|
%
|
$
|
22
|
|
NM
|
|
|||||||
|
Net income attributable to the Company
|
$
|
7,086
|
|
0.101
|
%
|
$
|
9,271
|
|
0.137
|
%
|
$
|
(2,185
|
)
|
(23.6
|
)%
|
||||||
|
Basic and diluted income per share attributable to A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
Per Share Data:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
Basic
|
$
|
1.01
|
|
$
|
1.33
|
|
$
|
(0.32
|
)
|
(24.1
|
)%
|
||||||||||
|
Diluted
|
$
|
1.00
|
|
$
|
1.30
|
|
$
|
(0.30
|
)
|
(23.1
|
)%
|
||||||||||
|
Performance Metrics:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gold ounces sold
(1)
|
2,171,000
|
|
2,968,000
|
|
(797,000
|
)
|
(26.9
|
)%
|
|||||||||||||
|
Silver ounces sold
(2)
|
79,584,000
|
|
126,349,000
|
|
(46,765,000
|
)
|
(37.0
|
)%
|
|||||||||||||
|
Trading ticket volume
(3)
|
112,907
|
|
88,486
|
|
24,421
|
|
27.6
|
%
|
|||||||||||||
|
Inventory turnover ratio
(4)
|
26.3
|
|
30.9
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
(14.9
|
)%
|
|||||||||||||
|
Number of secured loans at period end
(5)
|
2,375
|
|
1,173
|
|
1,202
|
|
102.5
|
%
|
|||||||||||||
|
_________________________________
|
|||
|
NM
|
Not meaningful.
|
||
|
(1)
|
Gold ounces sold represents the ounces of gold product sold and delivered to the customer during the twelve-month period, excluding ounces of gold recorded on forward contracts.
|
||
|
(2)
|
Silver ounces sold represents the ounces of silver product sold and delivered to the customer during the twelve-month period, excluding ounces of silver recorded on forward contracts.
|
||
|
(3)
|
Trading ticket volume represents the total number of product orders processed by our trading desks in El Segundo and Vienna.
|
||
|
(4)
|
Inventory turnover ratio is the cost of sales divided by average inventory.
|
||
|
(5)
|
Number of outstanding secured loans to customers at the end of the period.
|
||
21
Revenues
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
$
|
%
|
||||||||||||||||
|
in thousands, except performance metrics
|
$
|
% of revenue
|
$
|
% of revenue
|
Increase/(decrease)
|
Increase/(decrease)
|
||||||||||||||
|
Revenues
|
$
|
6,989,624
|
|
100.000
|
%
|
$
|
6,784,039
|
|
100.000
|
%
|
$
|
205,585
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|||||
|
Performance Metrics
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gold ounces sold
|
2,171,000
|
|
2,968,000
|
|
(797,000
|
)
|
(26.9
|
)%
|
||||||||||||
|
Silver ounces sold
|
79,584,000
|
|
126,349,000
|
|
(46,765,000
|
)
|
(37.0
|
)%
|
||||||||||||
Revenues for the
year ended June 30, 2017
increased
$205.6 million
, or
3.0%
, to
$6.990 billion
from
$6.784 billion
in
2016
. Our revenues
increased
primarily due to an
increase
in precious metal prices and higher forward sales, partially offset by a
decrease
in the total amount of gold ounces and silver ounces sold during the
year ended June 30, 2017
as compared to
2016
.
Gold ounces sold for the
year ended June 30, 2017
decreased
797,000
ounces, or
26.9%
, to
2,171,000
ounces from
2,968,000
ounces in
2016
. Silver ounces sold for the
year ended June 30, 2017
decreased
46,765,000
ounces, or
37.0%
, to
79,584,000
ounces from
126,349,000
ounces in
2016
. On average, the prices for gold
increased
by
8.3%
and prices for silver
increased
by
16.0%
during the
year ended June 30, 2017
as compared to
2016
.
Gross Profit
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
$
|
%
|
||||||||||||||||
|
in thousands, except performance metrics
|
$
|
% of revenue
|
$
|
% of revenue
|
Increase/(decrease)
|
Increase/(decrease)
|
||||||||||||||
|
Gross profit
|
$
|
31,334
|
|
0.448
|
%
|
$
|
34,521
|
|
0.509
|
%
|
$
|
(3,187
|
)
|
(9.2
|
)%
|
|||||
|
Performance Metrics
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Trading ticket volume
|
112,907
|
|
88,486
|
|
24,421
|
|
27.6
|
%
|
||||||||||||
|
Inventory turnover ratio
|
26.3
|
|
30.9
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
(14.9
|
)%
|
||||||||||||
Gross profit for the
year ended June 30, 2017
decreased
by
$3.2 million
, or
9.2%
, to
$31.3 million
from
$34.5 million
in
2016
. The Company’s profit margin percentage
decreased
by
12.0%
to
0.448%
from
0.509%
in
2016
. The Company’s profit margin
decrease
was primarily due to subdued market conditions during the second half of 2017, which constrained both volume and premiums spreads, partially offset by increased trading profits during 2017. Furthermore, the decrease in gross profit was due to higher premium spreads on the Company’s primary products in first fiscal quarter of
2016
, when the Company experienced atypical volatility and supply constraints.
The trading ticket volume for the
year ended June 30, 2017
increased
by
24,421
tickets, or
27.6%
, to
112,907
tickets from
88,486
tickets in
2016
. The
increase
in our trading ticket volume was primarily the result of an increase in customer usage of our online portal. Generally, the quantity-size (i.e., ounces) of customer orders placed through the portal is less than the quantity size of orders processed through our trading desk.
Our inventory turnover rate for the
year ended June 30, 2017
decreased
by
14.9%
, to
26.3
from
30.9
in
2016
. The
decrease
in our inventory turnover rate was primarily due to a higher volume of activity in our product financing arrangements and repurchase arrangements with customers (under these arrangements the Company carries inventory on its balance sheet for longer periods than inventory currently available for sale), foreign sourced metals which typically has longer transit times, and longer carrying periods associated with our higher margin custom products and production lead time of products produced at SilverTowne.
22
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
$
|
%
|
||||||||||||||||
|
in thousands
|
$
|
% of revenue
|
$
|
% of revenue
|
Increase/(decrease)
|
Increase/(decrease)
|
||||||||||||||
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
$
|
(23,343
|
)
|
(0.334
|
)%
|
$
|
(22,233
|
)
|
(0.328
|
)%
|
$
|
1,110
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
|||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the
year ended June 30, 2017
increased
$1.1 million
, or
5.0%
, to
$23.3 million
from
$22.2 million
in
2016
. The change was primarily due to
$0.7 million
of investigatory acquisition costs related to an abandoned acquisition, the acquisition of AMST, as well as a new acquisition target (see
Note 19
), an increase of
$0.6 million
of consulting costs primarily related to the development and implementation of a new enterprise resource system, an increase of
$0.9 million
of selling, general and administrative expenses from AMST (our minting operation acquired this fiscal year), a
$0.2 million
loss on disposal of fixed assets related to the relocation of the company’s headquarters office, offset by a
$1.9 million
decrease in the overall compensation costs primarily related to lower discretionary incentive compensation.
Interest Income
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
$
|
%
|
||||||||||||||||
|
in thousands, except performance metrics
|
$
|
% of revenue
|
$
|
% of revenue
|
Increase/(decrease)
|
Increase/(decrease)
|
||||||||||||||
|
Interest income
|
$
|
12,553
|
|
0.180
|
%
|
$
|
8,795
|
|
0.130
|
%
|
$
|
3,758
|
|
42.7
|
%
|
|||||
|
Performance Metrics
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Number of secured loans at period-end
|
2,375
|
|
1,173
|
|
1,202
|
|
102.5
|
%
|
||||||||||||
Interest income for the
year ended June 30, 2017
increased
$3.8 million
, or
42.7%
, to
$12.6 million
from
$8.8 million
in
2016
. Interest income from our secured loan portfolio
increased
by
$3.0 million
or by
61.6%
in comparison to the same year-ago period. This increase was primarily due to the increase in value of the secured loan portfolio, which was primarily due to the acquisition of additional bullion-based loan portfolios from a third party. The number of secured loans outstanding
increased
by
102.5%
to
2,375
from
1,173
in
2016
. Also, interest income
increased
due to our finance products. Our finance fees earned related to repurchase arrangements with customers increased by
29.1%
or by
$1.0 million
in comparison to the same year-ago period.
Interest Expense
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
$
|
%
|
||||||||||||||||
|
in thousands
|
$
|
% of revenue
|
$
|
% of revenue
|
Increase/(decrease)
|
Increase/(decrease)
|
||||||||||||||
|
Interest expense
|
$
|
(10,117
|
)
|
(0.145
|
)%
|
$
|
(6,319
|
)
|
(0.093
|
)%
|
$
|
3,798
|
|
60.1
|
%
|
|||||
Interest expense for the
year ended June 30, 2017
increased
$3.8 million
, or
60.1%
to
$10.1 million
from
$6.3 million
in
2016
. The
increase
was related primarily to a significantly greater usage of our lines of credit, as a result from continued growth in the business, holding higher average inventory levels primarily related to product financing arrangements, amortization costs related to loan fees related to extension of the line of credit, and higher LIBOR interest rates that went in to effect subsequent to the Federal Reserve rate increases. In comparison to the same year-ago period, interest expense increased by $
1.4 million
or by
27.2%
related to our lines of credit, by
$0.8 million
related to the amortization of capitalized finance fees, by
$0.9 million
or
130.3%
related to product financing agreements (or "reverse-repurchase arrangements") and by approximately
$0.7 million
or by
124.1%
related to loan servicing costs.
We believe the interest rates charged on borrowings under our credit facility (LIBOR plus a 2.5% margin) are consistent with current market interest rates for first lien demand loans secured by inventory and receivables.
23
Provision for Income Taxes
Our effective rate could be adversely affected by the relative proportions of revenue and income before taxes in the various domestic and international jurisdictions in which the Company operates. The Company is also subject to changing tax laws, regulations and interpretations in multiple jurisdictions in which we operate. The Company's effective rate can also be influenced by the tax effects of purchase accounting for acquisitions and non-recurring charges, which may cause fluctuations between reporting periods.
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
$
|
%
|
||||||||||||||||
|
in thousands
|
$
|
% of revenue
|
$
|
% of revenue
|
Increase/(decrease)
|
Increase/(decrease)
|
||||||||||||||
|
Provision for income taxes
|
$
|
(3,721
|
)
|
(0.053
|
)%
|
$
|
(6,293
|
)
|
(0.093
|
)%
|
$
|
(2,572
|
)
|
(40.9
|
)%
|
|||||
Our provision for income taxes was
$3.7 million
and
$6.3 million
for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, respectively. Our effective tax rate was approximately
34.5%
and
40.4%
for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, respectively. Our effective tax rate differs from the federal statutory rate primarily due to favorable tax attributes and deductions resulting from amended state tax filings based on the settlement of the Former parent's tax examination in the years when the Company was included in a consolidated filing. These favorable attributes are allocated to the standalone Company. The change in effective tax rate was also partially due to non-deductible transaction costs in the prior year that become deductible in the current year when the transaction was abandoned.
LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL CONDITION
Primary Sources and Uses of Cash
Overview
Liquidity is defined as our ability to generate sufficient amounts of cash to meet all of our cash needs. Liquidity is of critical importance to us and imperative to maintain our operations on a daily basis.
A substantial portion of our assets are liquid. As of
June 30, 2017
, approximately
93%
of our assets consisted of cash, customer receivables, and precious metals inventory, measured at fair value. Cash generated from the sales of our precious metals products is our primary source of operating liquidity.
Typically, the Company acquires its inventory by: (1) purchasing inventory from our suppliers by utilizing our own capital and lines of credit; (2) borrowing precious metals from our suppliers under short-term arrangements which may bear interest at a designated rate, and (3) repurchasing inventory at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price on the specified repurchase date.
In addition to selling inventory, the Company generates cash from earned interest income. Through CFC, the Company enters into secured loans and secured financing structures with its customers under which it charges interest income. The Company offers a number of secured financing options to its customers to finance their precious metals purchases including consignments and other structured inventory finance products. The loans are secured by precious metals and numismatic material owned by the borrowers and held by the Company as security for the term of the loan. Furthermore, our customers may enter into purchase agreements whereby the customer agrees to purchase our inventory at the prevailing spot price for delivery of the product at a specific point in time in the future; interest income is earned from contract date until the material is delivered and paid for in full.
We continually review our overall credit and capital needs to ensure that our capital base, both stockholders’ equity and available credit facilities, can appropriately support our anticipated financing needs. The Company also continually monitors its current and forecasted cash requirements, and draws upon and pays down its lines of credit so as to minimize interest expense.
Lines of Credit
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
June 30, 2017
Compared to
June 30, 2016
|
|||||||||||
|
Lines of credit
|
$
|
180,000
|
|
$
|
212,000
|
|
$
|
(32,000
|
)
|
||||
A-Mark has a borrowing facility ("Trading Credit Facility") with a syndicate of banks, Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A. ("Rabobank") acting as lead lender and administrative agent for the syndicate. The Trading Credit Facility, which replaced the Company's previous borrowing facility with a group of financial institutions under an inter-creditor agreement, provides the Company with access up to
$275.0 million
, featuring a
$225.0 million
base with a
$50.0 million
accordion option. The Trading Credit Facility has a one-year maturity. The Company believes that the Trading Credit Facility provides adequate means to capital for its operations.
24
The Company routinely uses the Trading Credit Facility to purchase precious metals from suppliers and for operating cash flow purposes. Amounts under the Trading Credit Facility bear interest based on London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a
2.50%
margin for revolving credit line loans and a
4.50%
margin for bridge loans (that is, for loans that exceed the available revolving credit line). The
one-month LIBOR
rate was approximately
1.17%
and
0.47%
as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, respectively. Borrowings are due on demand and totaled
$180.0 million
and
$212.0 million
at
June 30, 2017
and at
June 30, 2016
, respectively. The amounts available under the respective borrowing facilities are determined at the end of each week following a specified borrowing base formula. The Company is able to access additional credit as needed to finance operations, subject to the overall limits of the borrowing facilities and lender approval of the revised borrowing base calculation. Based on the latest approved borrowing bases in effect, the amounts available under the Trading Credit Facility after taking into account current borrowings, totaled
$45.6 million
and
$17.8 million
as determined on the Friday before
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, respectively.
Liability on Borrowed Metals
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
June 30, 2017
Compared to
June 30, 2016
|
|||||||||||
|
Liability on borrowed metals
|
$
|
5,625
|
|
$
|
4,352
|
|
$
|
1,273
|
|
||||
We borrow precious metals from our suppliers under short-term arrangements. Amounts under these arrangements are due at maturity and require repayment either in the form of precious metals or cash. Our inventories included borrowed metals with market values totaling
$5.6 million
and
$4.4 million
at
June 30, 2017
and at
June 30, 2016
, respectively.
Product Financing Arrangements
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
June 30, 2017
Compared to
June 30, 2016
|
|||||||||||
|
Product financing arrangements
|
$
|
135,343
|
|
$
|
59,358
|
|
$
|
75,985
|
|
||||
The Company has agreements with financial institutions (third parties) that allows the Company to transfer its gold and silver inventory to the third party at a an agreed-upon price based on the spot price, which provides alternative sources of liquidity. During the term of the agreement both parties intend for inventory to be returned at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price on the termination (repurchase) date. The third parties charge monthly interest as a percentage of the market value of the outstanding obligation; such monthly charges are classified in interest expense. These transactions do not qualify as sales and therefore have been accounted for as financing arrangements and reflected in the
consolidated
balance sheet as product financing arrangements. The obligation is stated at the amount required to repurchase the outstanding inventory. Both the product financing arrangements and the underlying inventory (which is entirely restricted) are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value included as a component of cost of sales. Such obligation totaled
$135.3 million
and
$59.4 million
as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, respectively.
Secured Loans
|
in thousands
|
||||||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
June 30, 2017
Compared to June 30, 2016 |
||||||||||
|
Secured loans
|
$
|
91,238
|
|
$
|
70,504
|
|
$
|
20,734
|
|
|||
The Company is a California license finance lender that makes and acquires commercial loans secured by numismatic and semi-numismatic coins and bullion that affords our customers a convenient means of financing their inventory or collections. Predominantly, most of the Company's secured loans are short-term in nature and the renewal of these instruments is at the discretion of the Company and, as such, provides us with some flexibility in regards to our capital deployment strategies.
25
Dividends
|
in thousands
|
||||||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
June 30, 2017
Compared to June 30, 2016 |
||||||||||
|
Dividends, declared
|
$
|
2,110
|
|
$
|
1,675
|
|
$
|
435
|
|
|||
In fiscal 2015, the Board of Directors of the Company initiated a cash dividend policy that calls for the payment of a quarterly cash dividend of
$0.05 per common share
. In fiscal 2016, the Board of Directors modified the policy by increasing the quarterly cash dividend to
$0.07 per common share
, and in fiscal 2017 the quarterly cash dividend was increased to
$0.08 per common share
. See
Note 16
, in the accompanying notes the
consolidated
financial statements, for a summary of the declared dividends in fiscal 2017 and 2016.
Cash Flows
The majority of the Company’s trading activities involve two day value trades under which payment is made in advance of delivery or product is received in advance of payment. The high volume, rapid rate of inventory turn, and high average value per trade can cause material changes in the sources of cash used in or provided by operating activities on a daily basis. The Company manages these variances through its liquidity forecasts and counterparty limits by maintaining a liquidity reserve to meet the Company’s cash needs. The Company uses various short-term financial instruments to manage the rapid cycle of our trading activities from customer purchase order to cash collections and product delivery, which can cause material changes in the amount of cash used in or provided by financing activities on a daily basis.
The following summarizes components of our
consolidated
statements of cash flows for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
:
|
in thousands
|
||||||||||||
|
Years Ended,
|
June 30,
2017 |
June 30,
2016 |
June 30, 2017
Compared to
June 30, 2016
|
|||||||||
|
Net cash used in operating activities
|
$
|
(9,781
|
)
|
$
|
(56,156
|
)
|
46,375
|
|
||||
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
$
|
(36,487
|
)
|
$
|
(30,219
|
)
|
(6,268
|
)
|
||||
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
$
|
42,185
|
|
$
|
82,590
|
|
(40,405
|
)
|
||||
O
ur principal capital requirements have been to fund (i) working capital and (ii) capital expenditures. Our working capital requirements fluctuate with market conditions, the availability of precious metals and the volatility of precious metals commodity pricing.
Net cash used in operating activities
Operating activities
used
$9.8 million
and
used
$56.2 million
in cash for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, respectively, representing a
$46.4 million
decrease in the use of cash compared to the
year ended June 30, 2016
. This period over period decrease in the of use of funds (i.e., used less funds) in operating activities was primarily due to changes in the balances of derivative liabilities, accounts payable, deferred income taxes, and accrued liabilities offset by changes in the balances of receivables, derivative assets, inventory, liabilities on borrowed metals, secured loans receivable, income taxes payable, and income tax receivables.
Net cash used in investing activities
Investing activities
used
$36.5 million
and
used
$30.2 million
in cash for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, respectively, representing a
$6.3 million
increase in the use of cash compared to the
year ended June 30, 2016
. This period over period increase is the result of the change in balance of secured loans of
$6.7 million
that was primarily due to additional acquisitions of loan portfolios, and an acquisition of a majority-owned subsidiary for
$3.4 million
made in the current comparable period. Also, our investment activity into non-consolidated entities decreased by
$4.7 million
against the comparable period.
26
Net cash provided by financing activities
Financing activities
provided
$42.2 million
and
provided
$82.6 million
in cash for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, respectively, representing a
decrease
of
$40.4 million
in the in funds provided by financing activities compared to the
year ended June 30, 2016
. This period over period
decrease
in funds provided by financing activities was primarily due to changes in the balance of the Trading Credit Facility of
$97.0 million
and partially offset by changes in the balance of product financing arrangements of
$56.1 million
.
CAPITAL RESOURCES
We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents, availability under the Trading Credit Facility and product financing arrangements, and cash we anticipate to generate from operating activities will provide us with sufficient liquidity to satisfy our working capital needs, capital expenditures, investment requirements and commitments through at least the next twelve months.
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS
Counterparty Risk
We manage our counterparty risk by setting credit and position risk limits with our trading counterparties. These limits include gross position limits for counterparties engaged in sales and purchase transactions and inventory consignment transactions with us. They also include collateral limits for different types of sale and purchase transactions that counterparties may engage in from time to time.
Commodities Risk and Derivatives
We use a variety of strategies to manage our risk including fluctuations in commodity prices for precious metals. Our inventories consist of, and our trading activities involve, precious metals and precious metal products, whose prices are linked to the corresponding precious metal commodity prices. Inventories purchased or borrowed by us are subject to price changes. Inventories borrowed are considered natural hedges, since changes in value of the metal held are offset by the obligation to return the metal to the supplier.
Open sale and purchase commitments in our trading activities are subject to changes in value between the date the purchase or sale price is fixed (the trade date) and the date the metal is received or delivered (the settlement date). We seek to minimize the effect of price changes of the underlying commodity through the use of forward and futures contracts. Our open sale and purchase commitments generally settle within
2
business days, and for those commitments that do not have stated settlement dates, we have the right to settle the positions upon demand.
Our policy is to substantially hedge our underlying precious metal commodity inventory position. We regularly enter into metals commodity forward and futures contracts with financial institutions to hedge price changes that would cause changes in the value of our physical metals positions and purchase commitments and sale commitments. We have access to all of the precious metals markets, allowing us to place hedges. However, we also maintain relationships with major market makers in every major precious metals dealing center, which allows us to enter into contracts with market makers. Futures and forwards contracts open at
June 30, 2017
are scheduled to settle within
30
days.
The Company enters into these derivative transactions solely for the purpose of hedging our inventory holding risk, and not for speculative market purposes. Due to the nature of our hedging strategy, we are not using hedge accounting as defined under,
Derivatives and Hedging
Topic 815 of the Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC".)
Gains or losses resulting from our futures and forward contracts are reported as cost of sales with the related amounts due from or to counterparties reflected as a derivative asset or liability. Gains or losses resulting from the termination of hedge contracts are reported as cost of sales. The Company’s gains (losses) on derivative instruments are substantially offset by the changes in fair market value of the underlying precious metals inventory and open sale and purchase commitments, which is also recorded in cost of sales in the
consolidated
statements of income. For the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, the net gains (losses) on derivative instruments in the
consolidated
statements of income totaled
$9.7 million
and
$(5.9) million
, respectively.
27
The purpose of the Company's hedging policy is to substantially match the change in the value of the derivative financial instrument to the change in the value of the underlying hedged item. The following table summarizes the results of our hedging activities, showing the precious metal commodity inventory position, net of open sale and purchase commitments, which is subject to price risk, compared to change in the value of the derivative instruments as of
June 30, 2017
and at
June 30, 2016
:
|
in thousands
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
||||||
|
Inventory
|
$
|
284,659
|
|
$
|
245,057
|
|
||
|
Less unhedgable inventory:
|
|
|
||||||
|
Commemorative coin inventory, held at lower of cost or market
|
(40
|
)
|
(16
|
)
|
||||
|
Premium on metals position
|
(4,088
|
)
|
(4,627
|
)
|
||||
|
Inventory value not hedged
|
(4,128
|
)
|
(4,643
|
)
|
||||
|
Subtotal
|
280,531
|
|
240,414
|
|
||||
|
Commitments at market:
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Open inventory purchase commitments
|
587,687
|
|
550,810
|
|
||||
|
Open inventory sales commitments
|
(121,602
|
)
|
(237,325
|
)
|
||||
|
Margin sale commitments
|
(7,936
|
)
|
(12,439
|
)
|
||||
|
In-transit inventory no longer subject to market risk
|
(3,931
|
)
|
(7,363
|
)
|
||||
|
Unhedgable premiums on open commitment positions
|
495
|
|
400
|
|
||||
|
Inventory borrowed from suppliers
|
(5,625
|
)
|
(4,352
|
)
|
||||
|
Product financing arrangements
|
(135,343
|
)
|
(59,358
|
)
|
||||
|
Advances on industrial metals
|
1,580
|
|
4,521
|
|
||||
|
Inventory subject to price risk
|
595,856
|
|
475,308
|
|
||||
|
Inventory subject to derivative financial instruments:
|
|
|
||||||
|
Precious metals forward contracts at market values
|
462,231
|
|
188,530
|
|
||||
|
Precious metals futures contracts at market values
|
133,450
|
|
286,449
|
|
||||
|
Total market value of derivative financial instruments
|
595,681
|
|
474,979
|
|
||||
|
Net inventory subject to commodity price risk
|
$
|
175
|
|
$
|
329
|
|
||
We are exposed to the risk of default of the counterparties to our derivative contracts. Significant judgment is applied by us when evaluating the fair value implications. We regularly review the creditworthiness of our major counterparties and monitor our exposure to concentrations. At
June 30, 2017
, we believe our risk of counterparty default is mitigated based on our evaluation of the creditworthiness of our major counterparties, the strong financial condition of our counterparties, and the short-term duration of these arrangements.
Commitments and Contingencies
Refer to
Note 15
for other information relating Company's commitments and contingencies.
28
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, we had the following outstanding sale and purchase commitments and open forward and future contracts, which are normal and recurring, in nature:
|
in thousands
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
||||||
|
Purchase commitments
|
$
|
587,687
|
|
$
|
550,810
|
|
||
|
Sales commitments
|
$
|
(121,602
|
)
|
$
|
(237,325
|
)
|
||
|
Margin sale commitments
|
$
|
(7,936
|
)
|
$
|
(12,439
|
)
|
||
|
Open forward contracts
|
$
|
462,231
|
|
$
|
188,530
|
|
||
|
Open futures contracts
|
$
|
133,450
|
|
$
|
286,449
|
|
||
|
Foreign exchange forward contracts
|
$
|
2,213
|
|
$
|
1,992
|
|
||
The notional amounts of the commodity forward and futures contracts and the open sales and purchase orders, as shown in the table above, are not reflected at the notional amounts in the
consolidated
balance sheets. The Company records commodity forward and futures contracts at the fair value, which is the difference between the market price of the underlying metal or contract measured on the reporting date and the trade amount measured on the date the contract was transacted. The fair value of the open derivative contracts are shown as a component of derivative assets or derivative liabilities in the accompanying
consolidated
balance sheets.
The Company enters into the derivative forward and future transactions solely for the purpose of hedging its inventory holding risk, and not for speculative market purposes. The Company’s gains (losses) on derivative instruments are substantially offset by the changes in fair market value of the underlying precious metals inventory position, including our open sale and purchase commitments. The Company records the derivatives at the trade date, and any corresponding unrealized gains or losses are shown as a component of cost of sales in the
consolidated
statements of income. We adjust the carrying value of the derivatives to fair value on a daily basis until the transactions are physically settled (see
Note 11
.)
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Our
consolidated
financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). In connection with the preparation of our financial statements, we are required to make estimates and assumptions about future events and apply judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current trends and other factors that we believe to be relevant at the time our
consolidated
financial statements are prepared. On a regular basis, we review our accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our
consolidated
financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could materially differ from our estimates.
Our significant accounting policies are discussed in
Note 2
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
of the accompanying
consolidated
financial statements. We believe that the following accounting policies are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, and they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. We have reviewed these critical accounting estimates and related disclosures with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.
Revenue Recognition
The Company accounts for its metals and sales contracts using settlement date accounting. Pursuant to such accounting, the Company recognizes the sale or purchase of the metals at settlement date. During the period between the trade and settlement dates, the Company has essentially entered into a forward contract that meets the definition of a derivative in accordance with the
Derivatives and Hedging
Topic 815 of the ASC. The Company records the derivative at the trade date with any corresponding unrealized gain (loss), shown as component of cost of sales in the
consolidated
statements of income. The Company adjusts the derivatives to fair value on a daily basis until the transactions are settled. Upon settlement, the sales which are physically settled are recognized at the gross amount in the
consolidated
statements of income. Realized gains and losses on derivative contracts, which are not physically settled are recognized at the net amount as a component of cost of sales in the
consolidated
statements of income.
29
Revenues are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, no obligations remain and collection is probable. For physically settled transactions, the Company typically records sales of precious metals occurs upon receipt by the customer. The Company records revenues from its storage and logistics services after the related services are completed.
Inventories
The Company's inventories primarily include bullion and bullion coins, which are initially recorded at fair market value. The fair market value of the bullion and bullion coins is comprised of two components: (1) published market values attributable to the cost of the raw precious metal, and (2) a published premium paid at acquisition of the metal. The premium is attributable to the additional value of the product in its finished goods form and the market value attributable solely to the premium may be readily determined, as it is published by multiple reputable sources. The premium is included in the cost of the inventory, paid at acquisition, and is a component of the total fair market value of the inventory. The precious metal component of the inventory may be hedged through the use of precious metal commodity positions, while the premium component of our inventory is not a commodity that may be hedged.
The Company’s inventories, except for certain lower of cost or market basis products (as described below), are subsequently recorded at their fair market values. The daily changes in the fair market value of our inventory are offset by daily changes in the fair market value of hedging derivatives that are taken with respect to our inventory positions; both the change in the fair market value of the inventory and the change in the fair market value of these derivative instruments are recorded in cost of sales in the
consolidated
statements of income.
While the premium component included in inventories is marked-to-market, our commemorative coin inventory, including its premium component, is held at the lower of cost or market, because the value of commemorative coins is influenced more by supply and demand determinants than on the underlying spot price of the precious metal content of the commemorative coins. Unlike our bullion coins, the value of commemorative coins is not subject to the same level of volatility as bullion coins because our commemorative coins typically carry a substantially higher premium over the spot metal price than bullion coins. Additionally, neither the commemorative coin inventory nor the premium component of our inventory is hedged.
Inventories include amounts borrowed from suppliers arising from various arrangements including unallocated metal positions held by customers in the Company’s inventory, amounts due to suppliers for the use of consigned inventory, as well as shortages in unallocated metal positions held by the Company in the supplier’s inventory. Unallocated or pool metal represents an unsegregated inventory position that is due on demand, in a specified physical form, based on the total ounces of metal held in the position. Amounts under these arrangements require delivery either in the form of precious metals or cash. The Company mitigates market risk of its physical inventories and open commitments through commodity hedge transactions (see
Note 11
.)
The Company enters into product financing agreements for the transfer and subsequent option to reacquire its gold and silver inventory at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price with a third party finance company. This inventory is restricted and is held at a custodial storage facility in exchange for a financing fee, charged by the third party finance company. During the term of the financing agreement, the third party company holds the inventory as collateral, and both parties intend for the inventory to be returned to the Company at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price on the termination (repurchase) date. The third party charges a monthly fee as percentage of the market value of the outstanding obligation; such monthly charge is classified as interest expense. These transactions do not qualify as sales and have been accounted for as financing arrangements in accordance with ASC 470-40
Product Financing Arrangements,
and are reflected in the
consolidated
balance sheets as product financing arrangements. The obligation is stated at the amount required to repurchase the outstanding inventory. Both the product financing and the underlying inventory (which is restricted) are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value included in cost of sales in the
consolidated
statements of income.
The Company periodically loans metals to customers on a short-term consignment basis. Such inventories are removed at the time the customer elects to price and purchase the metals, and the Company records a corresponding sale and receivable.
The Company enters into financing arrangements with certain customers under which A-Mark purchases precious metals products that are subject to repurchase by the customer at the fair value of the product on the repurchase date. The Company or the counterparty may typically terminate any such arrangement with 14 days' notice. Upon termination the customer’s rights to repurchase any remaining inventory is forfeited.
30
Goodwill and Other Purchased Intangible Assets
We evaluate goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year (or more frequently if indicators of potential impairment exist) in accordance with the
Intangibles - Goodwill and Other
Topic 350 of the ASC. Other definite-lived intangible assets are evaluated for impairment when events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. We may first qualitatively assess whether relevant events and circumstances make it more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is less than its carrying value. If, based on this qualitative assessment, we determine that goodwill is more likely than not to be impaired, a two-step impairment test is performed. The first step in this test involves comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step in the test is performed, which is measurement of the impairment loss. The impairment loss is calculated by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill, as if the reporting unit has been acquired in a business combination, to its carrying amount.
Estimates critical to these calculations include projected future cash flows, discount rates, royalty rates, customer attrition rates and foreign exchange rates. Imprecision in estimating unobservable market inputs can impact the carrying amount of assets on the balance sheet. Furthermore, while we believe our valuation methods are appropriate, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain assets could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.
Income Taxes
As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our provision for income taxes in each of the tax jurisdictions in which we conduct business, in accordance with the
Income Taxes
Topic 740 of the ASC. We compute our annual tax rate based on the statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to us in the various jurisdictions in which we earn income. Significant judgment is required in determining our annual tax rate and in evaluating uncertainty in its tax positions. We recognize a benefit for tax positions that we believe will more likely than not be sustained upon examination. The amount of benefit recognized is the largest amount of benefit that we believe has more than a 50% probability of being realized upon settlement. We regularly monitor our tax positions and adjust the amount of recognized tax benefit based on our evaluation of information that has become available since the end of our last financial reporting period. The annual tax rate includes the impact of these changes in recognized tax benefits. The difference between the amount of benefit taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and the amount of benefit recognized for financial reporting represents unrecognized tax benefits. These unrecognized tax benefits are presented in the
consolidated
balance sheet principally within accrued liabilities. We record valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Significant judgment is applied when assessing the need for valuation allowances. Areas of estimation include our consideration of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.
Should a change in circumstances lead to a change in judgment about the utilization of deferred tax assets in future years, we would adjust related valuation allowances in the period that the change in circumstances occurs, along with a corresponding increase or charge to income. Changes in recognized tax benefits and changes in valuation allowances could be material to our results of operations for any period, but is not expected to be material to our
consolidated
financial position.
We account for uncertainty in income taxes under the provisions of Topic 740 of the ASC. These provisions clarify the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements, and prescribe a recognition threshold and measurement criteria for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The provisions also provide guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest, and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The potential interest and/or penalties associated with an uncertain tax position are recorded in provision for income taxes on the
consolidated
statements of income. Please refer to
Note 12
to the accompanying
consolidated
financial statements for further discussion regarding these provisions.
Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization include our forecast of the reversal of temporary differences, future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income in applicable tax jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets and could result in an increase in our effective tax rate on future earnings.
Based on our assessment it appears more likely than not that most of the net deferred tax assets will be realized through future taxable income. Management has established a valuation allowance against the deferred taxes related to certain net operating loss carryovers. Management believes the utilization of these losses may be limited. We will continue to assess the need for a valuation allowance for our remaining deferred tax assets in the future.
31
The Company's
consolidated
financial statements recognized the current and deferred income tax consequences that result from the Company's activities during the current and preceding periods, as if the Company were a separate taxpayer prior to the date of the Distribution of the Company when it was a member of the Former Parent's
consolidated
income tax return group. Current tax receivable reflects balances due from the Former Parent for the Company's share of the income tax assets of the group.
Following the Distribution, the Company files federal and state income tax filings that are separate from the Former Parent's tax filings. The Company recognizes current and deferred income taxes as a separate taxpayer for periods ending after the date of Distribution.
Business Combinations
The Company evaluates each purchase transaction to determine whether the acquired assets meet the definition of a business. The Company accounts for business combinations by applying the acquisition method in accordance with “ASC 805,
Business Combinations
. Transaction costs related to acquisition of a business are expensed as incurred and excluded from the fair value of consideration transferred. The identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests, if any, in an acquired entity are recognized and measured at their estimated fair values. The excess of the fair value of consideration transferred over the fair values of identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests, if any, in an acquired entity, net of fair value of any previously held interest in the acquired entity, is recorded as goodwill. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets and liabilities.
Contingent Earn-out Liability
Contingent consideration is classified as a liability or equity, as applicable. Contingent consideration in connection with the acquisition of a business is measured at fair value on acquisition date, and unless classified as equity, is remeasured at fair value each reporting period thereafter until the consideration is settled, with changes in fair value included in net income.
We record an estimate of the fair value of contingent consideration, related to the earn-out obligations to SilverTowne LP related to SilverTowne Mint transaction (see
Note 1
). On a quarterly basis, we revalue the liability and record increases or decreases in the fair value as an adjustment to earnings. Changes to the contingent consideration liability can result from adjustments to the discount rate, or from changes to the estimates of future throughput activity of AMST, which are considered Level 3 inputs (see
Note 3
). Consequentially, the assumptions used in estimating fair value require significant judgment. The use of different assumptions and judgments could result in a materially different estimate of fair value.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
For a description of accounting changes and recent accounting standards, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects, if any, on our consolidated financial statements, see
Note 2
in Part II, Item 8 of this Form
10-K
.
Not applicable to smaller reporting companies.
32
|
Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
Page
|
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Irvine, California
September 14, 2017
A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
BALANCE SHEETS
(amounts in thousands, except for share data)
(unaudited)
|
June 30,
2017 |
June 30,
2016 |
||||||
|
ASSETS
|
|
||||||
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|||||
|
Cash
|
$
|
13,059
|
|
$
|
17,142
|
|
|
|
Receivables, net
|
39,295
|
|
43,302
|
|
|||
|
Derivative assets
|
17,587
|
|
33,732
|
|
|||
|
Secured loans receivable
|
91,238
|
|
70,004
|
|
|||
|
Inventories:
|
|||||||
|
Inventories
|
149,316
|
|
185,699
|
|
|||
|
Restricted inventories
|
135,343
|
|
59,358
|
|
|||
|
284,659
|
|
245,057
|
|
||||
|
Income taxes receivable
|
—
|
|
7,318
|
|
|||
|
Income taxes receivable from Former Parent
|
—
|
|
203
|
|
|||
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
1,183
|
|
1,503
|
|
|||
|
Total current assets
|
447,021
|
|
418,261
|
|
|||
|
Plant, property and equipment, net
|
6,607
|
|
3,482
|
|
|||
|
Goodwill
|
8,881
|
|
4,620
|
|
|||
|
Intangibles, net
|
4,065
|
|
1,987
|
|
|||
|
Long-term secured loans receivable
|
—
|
|
500
|
|
|||
|
Long-term investments
|
7,967
|
|
7,873
|
|
|||
|
Deferred tax assets - non-current
|
3,959
|
|
424
|
|
|||
|
Total assets
|
$
|
478,500
|
|
$
|
437,147
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
|
|
|
|||||
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|||||
|
Lines of credit
|
$
|
180,000
|
|
$
|
212,000
|
|
|
|
Liability on borrowed metals
|
5,625
|
|
4,352
|
|
|||
|
Product financing arrangements
|
135,343
|
|
59,358
|
|
|||
|
Accounts payable
|
41,947
|
|
46,769
|
|
|||
|
Derivative liabilities
|
34,582
|
|
36,454
|
|
|||
|
Note payable - related party
|
500
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Accrued liabilities
|
4,945
|
|
7,660
|
|
|||
|
Income taxes payable
|
1,418
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Total current liabilities
|
404,360
|
|
366,593
|
|
|||
|
Deferred tax liabilities - non-current
|
—
|
|
7,245
|
|
|||
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
1,117
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Total liabilities
|
405,477
|
|
373,838
|
|
|||
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|||||
|
Stockholders’ equity:
|
|
|
|||||
|
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding: none as of June 30, 2017 and 2016
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Common Stock, par value $0.01; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 7,031,450 and 7,021,450
shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, respectively |
71
|
|
71
|
|
|||
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
23,526
|
|
22,220
|
|
|||
|
Retained earnings
|
45,994
|
|
41,018
|
|
|||
|
Total A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. stockholders’ equity
|
69,591
|
|
63,309
|
|
|||
|
Non-controlling interest
|
3,432
|
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Total stockholders’ equity
|
73,023
|
|
63,309
|
|
|||
|
Total liabilities, non-controlling interest and stockholders’ equity
|
$
|
478,500
|
|
$
|
437,147
|
|
|
See accompanying
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
35
A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(in thousands, except for share and per share data)
(unaudited)
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
|||||||
|
Revenues
|
$
|
6,989,624
|
|
$
|
6,784,039
|
|
|||
|
Cost of sales
|
6,958,290
|
|
6,749,518
|
|
|||||
|
Gross profit
|
31,334
|
|
34,521
|
|
|||||
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
(23,343
|
)
|
(22,233
|
)
|
|||||
|
Interest income
|
12,553
|
|
8,795
|
|
|||||
|
Interest expense
|
(10,117
|
)
|
(6,319
|
)
|
|||||
|
Other income
|
298
|
|
701
|
|
|||||
|
Unrealized gain on foreign exchange
|
60
|
|
99
|
|
|||||
|
Net income before provision for income taxes
|
10,785
|
|
15,564
|
|
|||||
|
Provision for income taxes
|
(3,721
|
)
|
(6,293
|
)
|
|||||
|
Net income
|
7,064
|
|
9,271
|
|
|||||
|
Add: Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest
|
(22
|
)
|
—
|
|
|||||
|
Net income attributable to the Company
|
$
|
7,086
|
|
$
|
9,271
|
|
|||
|
Basic and diluted income per share attributable to A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.:
|
|||||||||
|
Basic
|
$
|
1.01
|
|
$
|
1.33
|
|
|||
|
Diluted
|
$
|
1.00
|
|
$
|
1.30
|
|
|||
|
Weighted average shares outstanding:
|
|
||||||||
|
Basic
|
7,029,400
|
|
6,981,900
|
|
|||||
|
Diluted
|
7,121,500
|
|
7,120,300
|
|
|||||
See accompanying
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
36
A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(in thousands, except for share data)
(unaudited)
|
|
Common Stock
(Shares)
|
Common Stock
|
Additional Paid-in Capital
|
Retained Earnings
|
Total A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.
Stockholders' Equity
|
Non-Controlling Interest
|
Total Stockholders’ Equity
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance, June 30, 2015
|
6,973,549
|
|
$
|
70
|
|
$
|
22,470
|
|
$
|
33,422
|
|
$
|
55,962
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
55,962
|
|
||||||||
|
Net income
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
9,271
|
|
9,271
|
|
—
|
|
9,271
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
Share-based compensation
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
419
|
|
—
|
|
419
|
|
—
|
|
419
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
Release of restricted stock units
|
86,298
|
|
1
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
—
|
|
1
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
Repurchase and retirement of restricted stock units for payroll taxes
|
(38,397
|
)
|
—
|
|
(669
|
)
|
—
|
|
(669
|
)
|
—
|
|
(669
|
)
|
||||||||||||||
|
Dividends declared
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
(1,675
|
)
|
(1,675
|
)
|
—
|
|
(1,675
|
)
|
||||||||||||||
|
Balance, June 30, 2016
|
7,021,450
|
|
$
|
71
|
|
$
|
22,220
|
|
$
|
41,018
|
|
$
|
63,309
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
63,309
|
|
||||||||
|
Net income (loss)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
7,086
|
|
7,086
|
|
(22
|
)
|
7,064
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
Share-based compensation
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
996
|
|
—
|
|
996
|
|
—
|
|
996
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
Excess tax benefit of share-based award
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
138
|
|
—
|
|
138
|
|
—
|
|
138
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
Minority interest contribution
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
3,454
|
|
3,454
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
Stock award grant
|
10,000
|
|
—
|
|
172
|
|
—
|
|
172
|
|
—
|
|
172
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
Dividends declared
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
(2,110
|
)
|
(2,110
|
)
|
—
|
|
(2,110
|
)
|
||||||||||||||
|
Balance, June 30, 2017
|
7,031,450
|
|
$
|
71
|
|
$
|
23,526
|
|
$
|
45,994
|
|
$
|
69,591
|
|
$
|
3,432
|
|
$
|
73,023
|
|
||||||||
See accompanying
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
37
Table of Contents
A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.
(amounts in thousands)
|
Years Ended,
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
|||||||
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Net income
|
$
|
7,064
|
|
$
|
9,271
|
|
|||
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
1,521
|
|
1,216
|
|
|||||
|
Amortization of loan cost
|
892
|
|
204
|
|
|||||
|
Deferred income taxes
|
(10,780
|
)
|
6,695
|
|
|||||
|
Interest added to principal of secured loans
|
(68
|
)
|
(83
|
)
|
|||||
|
Accrued earn-out
|
(198
|
)
|
—
|
|
|||||
|
Share-based compensation
|
996
|
|
419
|
|
|||||
|
Earnings from equity method investment
|
(94
|
)
|
(701
|
)
|
|||||
|
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
178
|
|
—
|
|
|||||
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|||||||||
|
Receivables
|
4,007
|
|
(13,277
|
)
|
|||||
|
Secured loans
|
8,765
|
|
4,345
|
|
|||||
|
Secured loans to Former Parent
|
1,370
|
|
(1,369
|
)
|
|||||
|
Derivative assets
|
16,145
|
|
(22,368
|
)
|
|||||
|
Income tax receivable
|
7,318
|
|
528
|
|
|||||
|
Inventories
|
(39,602
|
)
|
(53,556
|
)
|
|||||
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
(572
|
)
|
(505
|
)
|
|||||
|
Accounts payable
|
(4,822
|
)
|
(3,870
|
)
|
|||||
|
Derivative liabilities
|
(1,872
|
)
|
18,557
|
|
|||||
|
Liabilities on borrowed metals
|
1,273
|
|
(5,148
|
)
|
|||||
|
Accrued liabilities
|
(2,923
|
)
|
2,594
|
|
|||||
|
Receivable from/payables to Former Parent
|
203
|
|
892
|
|
|||||
|
Income taxes payable
|
1,418
|
|
—
|
|
|||||
|
Net cash used in operating activities
|
(9,781
|
)
|
(56,156
|
)
|
|||||
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|||||||||
|
Capital expenditures for property and equipment
|
(2,265
|
)
|
(1,466
|
)
|
|||||
|
Purchase of long-term investments
|
—
|
|
(4,672
|
)
|
|||||
|
Secured loans, net
|
(30,801
|
)
|
(24,081
|
)
|
|||||
|
Acquisition of majority-owned subsidiary, net of cash
|
(3,421
|
)
|
—
|
|
|||||
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
(36,487
|
)
|
(30,219
|
)
|
|||||
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|||||||||
|
Product financing arrangements, net
|
75,985
|
|
19,933
|
|
|||||
|
Dividends
|
(2,110
|
)
|
(1,675
|
)
|
|||||
|
(Repayments) borrowings under lines of credit, net
|
(32,000
|
)
|
65,000
|
|
|||||
|
Stock award grant
|
172
|
|
1
|
|
|||||
|
Excess tax benefit of share-based award
|
138
|
|
—
|
|
|||||
|
Repurchase and retirement of restricted stock for payroll taxes
|
—
|
|
(669
|
)
|
|||||
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
42,185
|
|
82,590
|
|
|||||
|
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
|
(4,083
|
)
|
(3,785
|
)
|
|||||
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
|
17,142
|
|
20,927
|
|
|||||
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
|
$
|
13,059
|
|
$
|
17,142
|
|
|||
38
Table of Contents
A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(amounts in thousands)
|
Years Ended,
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
|||||||
|
( - Continued from preceding page - )
|
|||||||||
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
|
|||||||||
|
Cash paid during the period for:
|
|||||||||
|
Interest expense
|
$
|
9,448
|
|
$
|
6,143
|
|
|||
|
Income taxes
|
$
|
11,874
|
|
$
|
149
|
|
|||
|
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
|
|||||||||
|
Interest added to principal of secured loans
|
$
|
68
|
|
$
|
83
|
|
|||
|
Contribution of assets from minority interest
|
$
|
3,454
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Payable to minority interest partner for acquired business
|
$
|
500
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|||
|
Earn out obligation payable to minority interest partner
|
$
|
1,523
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|||
39
A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1
. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“A-Mark” or the “Company”) is a full-service precious metals trading company. Its products include gold, silver, platinum and palladium for storage and delivery primarily in the form of coins, bars, wafers and grain. The Company's trading-related services include financing, consignment, logistics, hedging and various customized financial programs.
Through its wholly owned subsidiary, Collateral Finance Corporation (“CFC”), a licensed California Finance Lender, the Company offers loans on precious metals, rare coins and other collectibles to coin dealers, collectors and investors. Through its wholly owned subsidiary, A-Mark Trading AG (“AMTAG”), the Company promotes A-Mark bullion products throughout the European continent. Transcontinental Depository Services (“TDS”), also a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, offers worldwide storage solutions to institutions, dealers and consumers.
The Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, A-M Global Logistics, LLC ("Logistics"), operates the Company's logistics fulfillment center based in Las Vegas, Nevada. Logistics provides our customers an array of complementary services, including packaging, shipping, handling, receiving, processing, and inventorying of precious metals and custom coins on a secure basis.
The Company’s majority-owned affiliate, AM&ST Associates, LLC (“AMST”), operates the Company's minting operations in Winchester, Indiana (see SilverTowne Mint Acquisition below).
SilverTowne Mint Acquisition
On August 31, 2016, the Company formed a joint venture AMST with SilverTowne, L.P. (“SilverTowne”), an Indiana-based producer of minted silver products. The purpose of the joint venture was to acquire the entire minting operations of SilverTowne and continue to manage and grow that business using the expanded resources of the joint venture.
In exchange for their respective membership interests in AMST, (i) SilverTowne contributed a
48.47%
interest in SilverTowne's assets to AMST, valued at
$3,453,750
, and (ii) A-Mark contributed
$3,721,250
in cash to AMST and agreed to contribute an additional
$500,000
, which was paid in August 2017, resulting in SilverTowne and the Company owning
45%
and
55%
of AMST, respectively. Of the cash contributions made at closing,
$3,171,250
was used to purchase the interest in the remaining interest in SilverTowne's contributed assets (see following paragraph),
$250,000
was used to purchase the land and building where AMST's minting operations is located, and
$300,000
was provided for working capital.
Simultaneously with the formation of AMST, under the Asset Purchase Agreement dated August 31, 2016, AMST purchased the remaining
51.53%
interest in SilverTowne's assets for an aggregate purchase price of
$3,671,250
, of which
$3,171,250
was paid at closing and the balance of
$500,000
was represented by a promissory note, which was due and payable
one
year following the closing. The real estate was acquired separately from the Asset Purchase Agreement. As additional consideration for the acquired assets (the tangible plant assets and identifiable intangible assets), AMST agreed to pay SilverTowne earn-out payments over
three
years up to
$1.0 million
each year based on the achievement of specified performance and production thresholds. The total fair value of the assets contributed (by SilverTowne and A-Mark) and acquired by AMST was
$7,675,000
before contingent future earn-out payments.
40
The purchase price (consisting of:
$3,453,750
of assets contributed by SilverTowne,
$3,721,250
of cash and agreement to contribute an additional
$500,000
in cash on August 2017 by the Company, and
$1,523,000
contingent earn-out obligation
of AMST) has been allocated to the total assets purchased based on their fair value on the date of acquisition as follows (shown in thousands):
|
Cash
|
$
|
300
|
|
|
|
Plant, property and equipment (tangible assets):
|
||||
|
Plant equipment
|
1,802
|
|
||
|
Building
|
299
|
|
||
|
Land
|
36
|
|
||
|
Intangibles assets (identifiable):
|
||||
|
Trade name
|
1,800
|
|
||
|
Existing customer relationships
|
700
|
|
||
|
Goodwill:
|
||||
|
Excess of cost over fair value of assets acquired
|
2,738
|
|
||
|
7,675
|
|
|||
|
Goodwill:
|
||||
|
Contingent earn-out consideration
|
1,523
|
|
||
|
$
|
9,198
|
|
||
The estimates of the fair value of the contingent consideration, and the allocation of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets requires extensive use of accounting estimates and management judgment. The fair values assigned to the assets acquired are based on estimates and assumptions from data currently available.
The Company initially measured the fair value of the contingent future earn-out payments based on the weighted average probability of anticipated outcomes, and estimated the potential consideration to be
$1,523,000
. As of
June 30, 2017
the balance of contingent earn-out liability was
$1,325,000
(see
Note 2
).
At the closing, AMST entered into (a) an exclusive distribution agreement with A-Mark with respect to the silver products produced by the AMST that sets weekly minimum order quantities by A-Mark and (b) a supply agreement with Asahi Refining USA, Inc. ("Asahi") to provide all refined silver products needed by AMST in the conduct of its business, and grant Asahi the option to purchase a
10%
membership interest in AMST through 2019.
Spinoff from Spectrum Group International, Inc.
On March 14, 2014, the Company's former parent, Spectrum Group International, Inc. ("SGI" or the "Former Parent"), effected a spinoff (the "spinoff" or the "Distribution") of the Company from SGI. As a result of the Distribution, the Company became a publicly traded company independent from SGI. On March 17, 2014, A-Mark’s shares of common stock commenced trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "AMRK."
2
. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
The
consolidated
financial statements reflect the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the Company, and were prepared using accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). The Company operated in
one
reportable segment for all periods presented.
These
consolidated
financial statements include the accounts of A-Mark, and its wholly owned subsidiaries, CFC, AMTAG,TDS, Logistics and its majority owned affiliate AMST (collectively the “Company”). All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of
consolidated
financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
consolidated
financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. These estimates include, among others, determination of fair value, allowances for doubtful accounts, impairment assessments of plant, property and equipment and intangible assets, valuation allowance determination on deferred tax assets, contingent earn-
41
out liabilities, and revenue recognition judgments. Significant estimates also include the Company's fair value determination with respect to its financial instruments and precious metals inventory. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Cash is maintained at financial institutions and, at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses related to these balances.
Assets that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of receivables, loans of inventory to customers, and inventory hedging transactions. Concentration of credit risk with respect to receivables is limited due to the large number of customers composing the Company's customer base, the geographic dispersion of the customers, and the collateralization of substantially all receivable balances. Based on an assessment of credit risk, the Company typically grants collateralized credit to its customers. The Company enters into inventory hedging transactions, principally utilizing metals commodity futures contracts traded on national futures exchanges or forward contracts with credit worthy financial institutions. Credit risk with respect to loans of inventory to customers is minimal. All of our commodity derivative contracts are under master netting arrangements and include both asset and liability positions. Substantially all of these transactions are secured by the underlying metals positions.
Foreign Currency
The functional currency of the Company is the United States dollar ("USD"). Also, the functional currency of the Company's wholly-owned foreign subsidiary, AMTAG, is USD, but it maintains its books of record in Euros. The Company remeasures the financial statements of AMTAG into USD. The remeasurement of local currency amounts into USD creates remeasurement gains and losses, which are included in the
consolidated
statements of income.
To manage the effect of foreign currency exchange fluctuations, the Company utilizes foreign currency forward contracts. These derivatives generate gains and losses when they are settled and/or when they are marked to market. The change in the value in the derivative instruments is shown on the face of the
consolidated
statements of income as unrealized net gains (losses) on foreign exchange.
Business Combinations
The Company evaluates each purchase transaction to determine whether the acquired assets meet the definition of a business. The Company accounts for business combinations by applying the acquisition method in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805,
Business Combinations
. Transaction costs related to the acquisition of a business are expensed as incurred and excluded from the fair value of consideration transferred. The identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests, if any, in an acquired entity are recognized and measured at their estimated fair values. The excess of the fair value of consideration transferred over the fair values of identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests, if any, in an acquired entity, net of fair value of any previously held interest in the acquired entity, is recorded as goodwill. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets and liabilities.
Contingent consideration is classified as a liability or equity, as applicable. Contingent consideration in connection with the acquisition of a business is measured at fair value on acquisition date, and unless classified as equity, is remeasured at fair value each reporting period thereafter until the consideration is settled, with changes in fair value included in net income.
Net cash paid to acquire a business is classified as investing activities on the accompanying
consolidated
statements of cash flow.
Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. The Company does not have any cash equivalents as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
.
Inventories
Inventories principally include bullion and bullion coins that are acquired and initially recorded at fair market value. The fair market value of the bullion and bullion coins is comprised of two components: (1) published market values attributable to the costs of the raw precious metal, and (2) a published premium paid at acquisition of the metal. The premium is attributable to the additional value of the product in its finished goods form and the market value attributable solely to the premium may be readily determined, as it is published by multiple reputable sources.
The Company’s inventories, except for certain lower of cost or market basis products (as discussed below), are subsequently recorded at their fair market values, that is, "marked-to-market". The daily changes in the fair market value of our inventory are offset by daily changes in the fair market value of hedging derivatives that are taken with respect to our inventory positions; both the change in the fair market value of the inventory and the change in the fair market value of these derivative instruments are recorded in cost of sales in the
consolidated
statements of income.
42
While the premium component included in inventories is marked-to-market, our commemorative coin inventory, including its premium component, is held at the lower of cost or market, because the value of commemorative coins is influenced more by supply and demand determinants than on the underlying spot price of the precious metal content of the commemorative coins. Unlike our bullion coins, the value of commemorative coins is not subject to the same level of volatility as bullion coins because our commemorative coins typically carry a substantially higher premium over the spot metal price than bullion coins. Neither the commemorative coin inventory nor the premium component of our inventory is hedged (see
Note 6
.)
Plant, Property and Equipment
Plant, property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using a straight line method based on the estimated useful lives of the related assets, ranging from
three years
to
twenty-five years
. Depreciation commences when the related assets are placed into service. Internal-use software development costs are capitalized during the application development stage. Internal-use software costs incurred during the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred. Land is recorded at historical cost, and is not depreciated. Repair and maintenance costs are recognized as incurred. We have no major planned maintenance activities related to our plant assets associated with our minting operations.
The Company reviews the carrying value of these assets for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. In evaluating for impairment, the carrying value of each asset is compared to the undiscounted estimated future cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. An impairment loss is recognized for the difference when the carrying value exceeds the undiscounted estimated future cash flows. The factors considered by the Company in performing this assessment include current and projected operating results, trends and prospects, the manner in which the these assets are used, and the effects of obsolescence, demand and competition, as well as other economic factors.
Definite-lived Intangible Assets
Definite-lived intangible assets consists primarily of customer relationships, non-compete agreements and employment contracts) which are amortized on a straight-line basis over their economic useful lives ranging from
three years
to
fifteen years
. We review our definite-lived intangible assets for impairment under the same policy described above for plant, property, and equipment; that is, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
Goodwill is recorded when the purchase price paid for an acquisition exceeds the estimated fair value of the net identified tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles (such as trade names) are not a subject to amortization, but are evaluated for impairment at least annually. However, for tax purposes, goodwill acquired in connection with an acquisition is generally deductible.
The Company evaluates its goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year (or more frequently if indicators of potential impairment exist) in accordance with the
Intangibles - Goodwill and Other
Topic 350 of the ASC. The Company may first qualitatively assess whether relevant events and circumstances make it more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is less than its carrying value. A qualitative assessment includes analyzing current economic indicators associated with a particular reporting unit such as changes in economic, market and industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial performance, among others, to determine if there would be a significant decline to the fair value of a particular reporting unit. If the qualitative assessment indicates a stable or improved fair value, no further testing is required.
If, based on this qualitative assessment, management determines that goodwill is more likely than not to be impaired, a two-step impairment test is performed. The first step in this test includes comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step in the test is performed, which is measurement of the impairment loss. The impairment loss is calculated by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill, as if the reporting unit has been acquired in a business combination, to its carrying amount.
Long-Term Investments
Investments in privately-held entities that are at least 20% but less than 50% owned by the Company are accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method, the carrying value of the investment is adjusted for the Company’s proportionate share of the investee’s earnings or losses, with the corresponding share of earnings or losses reported in other income (expense). The carrying value of the investment is reduced by the amount of the dividends received from the equity-method investee, as they are considered a return of capital.
Investments in privately-held entities that are less than 20% owned by the Company are accounted for using the cost method, unless the Company can exercise significant influence or the investee is economically dependent upon the Company, in which case the equity method is used. Under the cost method, investments are carried at cost and other income is recorded when dividends are received from the cost-method investee.
43
We evaluate our long-term investments for impairment quarterly or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, the Company did not identify any impairments.
Fair Value Measurement
The
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures
Topic 820 of the ASC ("ASC 820"), creates a single definition of fair value for financial reporting. The rules associated with ASC 820 state that valuation techniques consistent with the market approach, income approach and/or cost approach should be used to estimate fair value. Selection of a valuation technique, or multiple valuation techniques, depends on the nature of the asset or liability being valued, as well as the availability of data (see
Note 3
.)
Contingent Earn-out Liability
We record an estimate of the fair value of contingent consideration related to the earn-out obligation to SilverTowne LP related to the SilverTowne Mint transaction (see
Note 1
). On a quarterly basis, we revalue the liability and record increases or decreases in the fair value as an adjustment to earnings. Changes to the contingent consideration liability can result from adjustments to the discount rate, or from changes to the estimates of future throughput activity of AMST, which are considered Level 3 inputs (see
Note 3
). Consequentially, the assumptions used in estimating fair value require significant judgment. The use of different assumptions and judgments could result in a materially different estimate of fair value. As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
the balance of contingent liability was
$1.325 million
and
$0.0 million
respectively. During the
year ended June 30, 2017
, the Company recognized
$0.2 million
of other income related to revaluation adjustments to the balance of the contingent liability. Following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of the contingent consideration obligation related to the SilverTowne Mint acquisition, which is recorded as a component of accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities:
|
in thousands
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
Contingent
|
|
||
|
Liabilities at fair value, based on Level 3 inputs:
|
|
Consideration
|
|
||
|
Balance at June 30, 2016
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
|
Initial valuation
|
|
1,523
|
|
|
|
|
Revaluation adjustment
|
(198
|
)
|
|||
|
Balance at June 30, 2017
|
|
$
|
1,325
|
|
|
Revenue Recognition
The Company accounts for its metals and sales contracts using settlement date accounting. Pursuant to such accounting, the Company recognizes the sale or purchase of the metals at settlement date. During the period between the trade and settlement dates, the Company has essentially entered into a forward contract that meets the definition of a derivative in accordance with the
Derivatives and Hedging
Topic 815 of the ASC ("ASC 815"). The Company records the derivative at the trade date with any corresponding unrealized gain (loss), shown as component of cost of sales in the
consolidated
statements of income. The Company adjusts the derivatives to fair value on a daily basis until the transactions are settled. Upon settlement, the sales which are physically settled are recognized at the gross amount in the
consolidated
statements of income. Realized gains and losses on derivative contracts, which are not physically settled are recognized at the net amount as a component of cost of sales in the
consolidated
statements of income.
Revenues are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, no obligations remain and collection is probable. For physically settled transactions, the Company typically records sales of precious metal upon receipt by the customer. The Company records revenues from its storage and logistics services after the related services are completed.
44
Interest Income
The Company uses the effective interest method to recognize interest income on its secured loans transactions. For these arrangements, the Company maintains a security interest in the precious metals and records interest income over the terms of the secured loan receivable. Recognition of interest income is suspended and the loan is placed on non-accrual status when management determines that collection of future interest income is not probable. The interest income accrual is resumed, and previously suspended interest income is recognized, when the loan becomes contractually current and/or collection doubts are removed. Cash receipts on impaired loans are recorded first against the principal and then to any unrecognized interest income (see
Note 5
).
The Company also enters into financing arrangements whereby the Company purchases precious metals from a customer, and the customer is granted the option to reacquire the metal at a later date. The Company earns a fee (classified as interest income) over the open reacquisition period. Other sources of interest income include fees earned under other financing arrangements over the period in which customers have opted to defer the payments, deliveries and/or the pricing out of the metals being purchased.
Interest Expense
The Company incurs interest expense based on usage under its lines of credit recording interest expense using the effective interest method.
The Company also incurs financing fees (classified as interest expense) as a result of its product financing arrangements with third party finance companies for the transfer and subsequent option to reacquire its precious metal inventory at a later date. During the term of this type of agreement, the third party charges a monthly fee as a percentage of the market value of the designated inventory, which the Company intends to reacquire in the future. Other sources of interest expense can include fees incurred over the period in which the Company has opted to defer the receipt of metals being purchased.
Other Income
The Company's other income is derived from the Company's proportional interest in the investee's reported net income or net loss for its equity method investment, and the gains or losses associated with revaluation adjustments to the contingent earn-out liability.
Derivative Instruments
The Company’s inventory, and purchase and sale commitment transactions consist of precious metals products. The value of our inventory and these commitments are linked to the prevailing price of the underlying precious metal commodity. The Company seeks to minimize the effect of price changes of the underlying commodity and enters into inventory hedging transactions, principally utilizing metals commodity futures contracts traded on national futures exchanges or forward contracts with only credit worthy financial institutions. All of our commodity derivative contracts are under master netting arrangements and include both asset and liability positions. Substantially all of these transactions are secured by the underlying metals positions. Notional balances of the Company's derivative instruments, consisting of contractual metal quantities, are expressed at current spot prices of the underlying precious metal commodity.
Commodity futures and forward contract transactions are recorded at fair value on the trade date. The difference between the original contract value and the market value of the open futures and forward contracts are reflected in derivative assets or derivative liabilities in the
consolidated
balance sheets at fair value, with the corresponding unrealized gain or losses included as a component of cost of sales on the
consolidated
statements of income. Realized gains or losses resulting from the termination of commodity contracts are also reported as a component of cost of sales on the
consolidated
statements of income.
The Company enters into derivative transactions solely for the purpose of hedging our inventory holding risk, and not for speculative market purposes. The Company’s gains (losses) on derivative instruments are substantially offset by the changes in the fair market value of the underlying precious metals inventory, which is also recorded in cost of sales in the
consolidated
statements of income (see
Note 11
.)
Advertising
Advertising expense was
$673,000
and
$645,000
, respectively, for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
.
Shipping and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling costs represent costs associated with shipping product to customers, and receiving product from vendors and are included in cost of sales in the
consolidated
statements of income. Shipping and handling costs incurred totaled
$4.5 million
and
$7.5 million
, respectively, for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
.
45
Share-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for equity awards under the provisions of the
Compensation - Stock Compensation
Topic 718 of the ASC ("ASC 718"), which establishes fair value-based accounting requirements for share-based compensation to employees. ASC 718 requires the Company to recognize the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees as expense over the service period in the Company's
consolidated
financial statements.
Income Taxes
As part of the process of preparing its
consolidated
financial statements, the Company is required to estimate its provision for income taxes in each of the tax jurisdictions in which it conducts business, in accordance with the
Income Taxes
Topic 740 of the ASC ("ASC 740"). The Company computes its annual tax rate based on the statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to it in the various jurisdictions in which it earns income. Significant judgment is required in determining the Company's annual tax rate and in evaluating uncertainty in its tax positions. The Company recognizes a benefit for tax positions that it believes will more likely than not be sustained upon examination. The amount of benefit recognized is the largest amount of benefit that the Company believes has more than a 50% probability of being realized upon settlement. The Company regularly monitors its tax positions and adjusts the amount of recognized tax benefit based on its evaluation of information that has become available since the end of its last financial reporting period. The annual tax rate includes the impact of these changes in recognized tax benefits. When adjusting the amount of recognized tax benefits, the Company does not consider information that has become available after the balance sheet date, but does disclose the effects of new information whenever those effects would be material to the Company's
consolidated
financial statements. The difference between the amount of benefit taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and the amount of benefit recognized for financial reporting represents unrecognized tax benefits. These unrecognized tax benefits are presented in the
consolidated
balance sheets principally within accrued liabilities.
The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes under the provisions of ASC 740. These provisions clarify the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements, and prescribe a recognition threshold and measurement criteria for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The provisions also provide guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest, and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The potential interest and/or penalties associated with an uncertain tax position are recorded in provision for income taxes on the
consolidated
statements of income. Please refer to
Note 12
for further discussion regarding these provisions.
Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization include the Company's forecast of the reversal of temporary differences, future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income in applicable tax jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets and could result in an increase in the Company's effective tax rate on future earnings.
The Company records valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Significant judgment is applied when assessing the need for valuation allowances. Areas of estimation include the Company's consideration of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. Should a change in circumstances lead to a change in judgment about the utilization of deferred tax assets in future years, the Company would adjust related valuation allowances in the period that the change in circumstances occurs, along with a corresponding increase or charge to income. Changes in recognized tax benefits and changes in valuation allowances could be material to the Company's results of operations for any period, but is not expected to be material to the Company's
consolidated
financial position.
Based on our assessment it appears more likely than not that most of the net deferred tax assets will be realized through future taxable income. Management has established a valuation allowance against the deferred taxes related to certain state net operating loss carryovers. Management believes the utilization of these losses may be limited. We will continue to assess the need for a valuation allowance for our remaining deferred tax assets in the future.
The Company's
consolidated
financial statements recognized the current and deferred income tax consequences that result from the Company's activities during the current and preceding periods, as if the Company were a separate taxpayer prior to the date of the Distribution of the company when it was a member of the consolidated income tax return group of its Former Parent, Spectrum Group International, Inc. Following its spin-off, the Company files federal and state income tax filings that are separate from the Former Parent's tax filings. The Company recognizes current and deferred income taxes as a separate taxpayer for periods ending after the date of Distribution.
46
Income taxes receivable from Former Parent reflects the balance due from the Former Parent pursuant to a tax sharing agreement between the parties.
Earnings per Share ("EPS")
The Company computes and reports both basic EPS and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net earnings by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS reflects the total potential dilution that could occur from outstanding equity awards, including unexercised stock options, utilizing the treasury stock method.
A reconciliation of shares used in calculating basic and diluted earnings per common shares for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, is presented below.
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
|||||||
|
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
|
7,029
|
|
6,982
|
|
|||||
|
Effect of common stock equivalents — stock issuable under outstanding equity awards
|
93
|
|
138
|
|
|||||
|
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
|
7,122
|
|
7,120
|
|
|||||
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") or other standards setting bodies issue new accounting pronouncements. Updates to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) are communicated through issuance of an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”).
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04
, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment
, (“ASU 2017-04”). The amendments of this ASU eliminate step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The annual, or interim test is performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. The amendments of this ASU also eliminate the requirements for any reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative assessment and if it fails that qualitative test, to perform step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. This update is effective for the Company, on July 1, 2020 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years). Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment test performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We continue to evaluate the impact of our upcoming adoption of ASU 2017-04 and do not believe that its adoption will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows and related disclosures.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01,
Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business
, (“ASU 2017-01”). The objective of ASU 2017-01 is to clarify the definition of a business in order to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The definition of a business affects many areas of accounting including acquisitions, disposals, goodwill and consolidation. ASU 2017-01 is effective for the Company for annual and interim reporting periods beginning July 1, 2018. We continue to evaluate the impact of our upcoming adoption of ASU 2017-01 and do not believe that its adoption will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows and related disclosures.
In August 2016 the FASB issued ASU 2016-15,
Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments
("ASU 2016-15")
.
This new standard will make eight targeted changes to how cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. This update is effective for the Company on July 1, 2018 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years). The new standard will require adoption on a retrospective basis unless it is impracticable to apply, in which case we would be required to apply the amendments prospectively as of the earliest date practicable. We are currently evaluating the impact of our upcoming adoption of ASU 2016-15 on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows and related disclosures.
In March 2016, FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, (“ASU 2016-09”), C
ompensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting.
The amendments in this update simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment award transactions including: (a) income tax consequences; (b) classification of awards as either equity or liabilities; and (c) classification on the statement of cash flows. This update is effective for the Company, on July 1, 2017. We continue to evaluate the impact of our upcoming adoption of ASU 2016-09 and do not believe that its adoption will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows and related disclosures.
In February 2016, FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, (“ASU 2016-02”),
Leases (Topic 842)
. The amendments in this update require lessees to recognize a lease liability measured on a discounted basis and a right-of-use asset for all leases at the commencement date. This update is effective for the Company, on July 1, 2019 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years), and is to be applied using a modified retrospective transition approach for
47
leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. We are evaluating the new guidelines, but believe that adoption will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows and related disclosures, as the Company has minimal lease commitments.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09,
Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)
("ASU 2014-09"), which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU No. 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU No. 2014-09 defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08,
Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net)
(“ASU 2016-08”). The amendments in ASU 2016-08 clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-10,
Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing
(“ASU 2016-10”). The amendments in ASU 2016-10 clarify aspects relating to the identification of performance obligations and improve the operability and understandability of the licensing implementation guidance. In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-12("ASU 2016-12"),
Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients.
The amendments in ASU 2016-12 address certain issues identified on assessing collectability, presentation of sales taxes, non-cash consideration, and completed contracts and contract modifications at transition. For all of the ASUs noted above ("ASC 606"), the effective date for the Company is July 1, 2018 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years). Either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method is permitted. The Company has been evaluating the impact of this new pronouncement and does not believe the implementation of ASC 606 will have a significant effect on the financial results of the Company for fiscal years beginning on and after July 1, 2018. This is because the major portion of the Company's revenues fall under the authoritative guidance of ASC 815, which are outside the scope of ASC 606.
48
3
. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, AT FAIR VALUE
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
.
|
in thousands
|
||||||||||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Carrying Amount
|
Fair value
|
Carrying Amount
|
Fair value
|
|||||||||||||
|
Financial assets:
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Cash
|
$
|
13,059
|
|
$
|
13,059
|
|
$
|
17,142
|
|
$
|
17,142
|
|
||||
|
Receivables, net
|
39,295
|
|
39,295
|
|
43,302
|
|
43,302
|
|
||||||||
|
Secured loans receivable
|
91,238
|
|
91,238
|
|
70,504
|
|
70,504
|
|
||||||||
|
Derivative assets - open sale and purchase commitments, net
|
931
|
|
931
|
|
32,347
|
|
32,347
|
|
||||||||
|
Derivative assets - futures contracts
|
1,273
|
|
1,273
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
||||||||
|
Derivative assets - forward contracts
|
15,383
|
|
15,383
|
|
1,385
|
|
1,385
|
|
||||||||
|
Income taxes receivables
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
7,318
|
|
7,318
|
|
||||||||
|
Income taxes receivable from Former Parent
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
203
|
|
203
|
|
||||||||
|
Financial liabilities:
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Lines of credit
|
$
|
180,000
|
|
$
|
180,000
|
|
$
|
212,000
|
|
$
|
212,000
|
|
||||
|
Liability on borrowed metals
|
5,625
|
|
5,625
|
|
4,352
|
|
4,352
|
|
||||||||
|
Product financing arrangements
|
135,343
|
|
135,343
|
|
59,358
|
|
59,358
|
|
||||||||
|
Derivative liabilities - liability on margin accounts
|
4,797
|
|
4,797
|
|
8,182
|
|
8,182
|
|
||||||||
|
Derivative liabilities - open sale and purchase commitments, net
|
29,785
|
|
29,785
|
|
1,919
|
|
1,919
|
|
||||||||
|
Derivative liabilities - futures contracts
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
13,914
|
|
13,914
|
|
||||||||
|
Derivative liabilities - forward contracts
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
12,439
|
|
12,439
|
|
||||||||
|
Accounts payable
|
41,947
|
|
41,947
|
|
46,769
|
|
46,769
|
|
||||||||
|
Accrued liabilities
|
4,945
|
|
4,945
|
|
7,660
|
|
7,660
|
|
||||||||
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
1,117
|
|
1,117
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
||||||||
|
Income taxes payable
|
1,418
|
|
1,418
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
||||||||
|
Note payable - related party
|
500
|
|
500
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
||||||||
The fair values of the financial instruments shown in the above table as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
represent the amounts that would be received to sell those assets or that would be paid to transfer those liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at that date. Those fair value measurements maximize the use of observable inputs. However, in situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date, the fair value measurement reflects the Company’s own judgments about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Those judgments are developed by the Company based on the best information available in the circumstances, including expected cash flows and appropriately risk adjusted discount rates, and available observable and unobservable inputs.
The carrying amounts of cash, secured loans receivable, accounts receivable, income taxes receivable, accounts payable, income tax payable, note payable, and accrued liabilities approximated fair value due to their short-term nature. The carrying amounts of derivative assets and derivative liabilities, liability on borrowed metal and product financing arrangements are marked-to-market on a daily basis to fair value. The carrying amounts of lines of credit approximate fair value based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for bank loans with similar terms and average maturities. The carrying value of other long-term liabilities represents the long-term portion of a contingent earn-out liability that is remeasured on a quarterly basis.
Valuation Hierarchy
Topic 820 of the ASC established a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:
|
•
|
Level 1 - inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
|
49
|
•
|
Level 2 - inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
|
|
•
|
Level 3 - inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.
|
The significant assumptions used to determine the carrying value and the related fair value of the financial instruments are described below:
Inventory
.
Inventories principally include bullion and bullion coins and are acquired and initially recorded at fair market value. The fair market value of the bullion and bullion coins is comprised of two components: 1) published market values attributable to the costs of the raw precious metal, and 2) a published premium paid at acquisition of the metal. The premium is attributable to the additional value of the product in its finished goods form and the market value attributable solely to the premium is readily determined, as it is published by multiple reputable sources. Except for commemorative coin inventory, which are included in inventory at the lower of cost or market, the Company’s inventories are subsequently recorded at their fair market values on a daily basis. The fair value for commodities inventory (i.e., inventory excluding commemorative coins) is determined using pricing data derived from the markets on which the underlying commodities are traded. Precious metals commodities inventory are classified in Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.
Derivatives
.
Futures contracts, forward contracts and open sale and purchase commitments are valued at their fair values, based on the difference between the quoted market price and the contractual price (i.e., intrinsic value,) and are included within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.
Margin and Borrowed Metals Liabilities
.
Margin and borrowed metals liabilities consist of the Company's commodity obligations to margin customers and suppliers, respectively. Margin liabilities and borrowed metals liabilities are carried at fair value, which is determined using quoted market pricing and data derived from the markets on which the underlying commodities are traded. Margin and borrowed metals liabilities are classified in Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.
Product Financing Arrangements
.
Product financing arrangements consist of financing agreements for the transfer and subsequent re-acquisition of the sale of gold and silver at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price with a third party. Such transactions allow the Company to repurchase this inventory on the termination (repurchase) date. The third party charges monthly interest as a percentage of the market value of the outstanding obligation, which is carried at fair value. The obligation is stated at the amount required to repurchase the outstanding inventory. Fair value is determined using quoted market pricing and data derived from the markets on which the underlying commodities are traded. Product financing arrangements are classified in Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.
Contingent Earn-out Liability
.
The Company records an estimate of the fair value of contingent consideration related to the earn-out obligation to SilverTowne LP related to the SilverTowne Mint transaction (see
Note 1
). On a quarterly basis, the liability is remeasured and increases or decreases in the fair value is recorded as an adjustment to other income on the
consolidated
statements of income. Changes to the contingent consideration liability can result from adjustments to the discount rate, or from changes to the estimates of future throughput activity of AMST. The assumptions used in estimating fair value require significant judgment. The use of different assumptions and judgments could result in a materially different estimate of fair value. The key inputs in determining fair value of our contingent consideration obligations include the changes in the assumed timing and amounts of future throughputs (i.e., operating income, operating cost per unit, and production volume) which affects the timing and amount of future earn-out payments. Contingent earn-out liability is classified in Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.
50
The following tables present information about the Company's assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the measurements fall:
|
|
June 30, 2017
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
Quoted Price in
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Active Markets
|
Significant Other
|
Significant
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
for Identical
|
Observable
|
Unobservable
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Instruments
|
Inputs
|
Inputs
|
|
||||||||||||
|
in thousands
|
(Level 1)
|
(Level 2)
|
(Level 3)
|
Total
|
||||||||||||
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Inventory
(1)
|
$
|
284,619
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
284,619
|
|
||||
|
Derivative assets — open sale and purchase commitments, net
|
931
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
931
|
|
||||||||
|
Derivative assets — futures contracts
|
1,273
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
1,273
|
|
||||||||
|
Derivative assets — forward contracts
|
15,383
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
15,383
|
|
||||||||
|
Total assets, valued at fair value
|
$
|
302,206
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
302,206
|
|
||||
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Liability on borrowed metals
|
$
|
5,625
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
5,625
|
|
||||
|
Product financing arrangements
|
135,343
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
135,343
|
|
||||||||
|
Derivative liabilities — liability on margin accounts
|
4,797
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
4,797
|
|
||||||||
|
Derivative liabilities — open sale and purchase commitments, net
|
29,785
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
29,785
|
|
||||||||
|
Contingent earn-out liability
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
1,325
|
|
$
|
1,325
|
|
||||
|
Total liabilities, valued at fair value
|
$
|
175,550
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
1,325
|
|
$
|
176,875
|
|
||||
____________________
(1)
Commemorative coin inventory totaling
$40,000
is held at lower of cost or market and is thus excluded from this table.
|
|
June 30, 2016
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
Quoted Price in
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Active Markets
|
Significant Other
|
Significant
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
for Identical
|
Observable
|
Unobservable
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Instruments
|
Inputs
|
Inputs
|
|
||||||||||||
|
in thousands
|
(Level 1)
|
(Level 2)
|
(Level 3)
|
Total
|
||||||||||||
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Inventory
(1)
|
$
|
245,041
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
245,041
|
|
||||
|
Derivative assets — open sale and purchase commitments, net
|
32,347
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
32,347
|
|
||||||||
|
Derivative assets — forward contracts
|
1,385
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
1,385
|
|
||||||||
|
Total assets, valued at fair value
|
$
|
278,773
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
278,773
|
|
||||
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Liability on borrowed metals
|
$
|
4,352
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
4,352
|
|
||||
|
Product financing arrangements
|
59,358
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
59,358
|
|
||||||||
|
Derivative liabilities — liability on margin accounts
|
8,182
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
8,182
|
|
||||||||
|
Derivative liabilities — open sale and purchase commitments, net
|
1,919
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
1,919
|
|
||||||||
|
Derivative liabilities — futures contracts
|
13,914
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
13,914
|
|
||||||||
|
Derivative liabilities — forward contracts
|
12,439
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
12,439
|
|
||||||||
|
Total liabilities, valued at fair value
|
$
|
100,164
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
100,164
|
|
||||
____________________
(1)
Commemorative coin inventory totaling
$16,000
is held at lower of cost or market and is thus excluded from this table.
51
There were no transfers in or out of Level 2 or 3 during the reported periods.
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis
Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments only under certain circumstances. These include cost method and equity method investments that are written down to fair value when a decline in the fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary, and plant, property and equipment or goodwill that are written down to fair value when they are held for sale or determined to be impaired.
The Company uses Level 3 inputs to measure the fair value of its investments on a non-recurring basis. The Company's
two
investments in noncontrolled entities do not have readily determinable fair values. Quoted prices of the investments are not available, and the cost of obtaining an independent valuation appears excessive considering the carrying value of the instruments to the Company. As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, the carrying value of the Company's investments totaled
$8.0 million
and
$7.9 million
, respectively. During the
year ended June 30, 2017
, the Company did not record any impairments related to these investments.
The Company also uses Level 3 inputs to measure the fair value of goodwill and other intangibles on a non-recurring basis. These assets are measured at cost and are written down to fair value on the annual measurement dates or on the date of a triggering event, if impaired. As of
June 30, 2017
, there were no indications present that the Company's goodwill or other purchased intangibles were impaired, and therefore were not measured at fair value. There were no gains or losses recognized in earnings associated with the above purchased intangibles during the
year ended June 30, 2017
.
|
4
.
|
RECEIVABLES
|
Receivables consist of the following as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
:
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
||||||||
|
Customer trade receivables
|
$
|
31,949
|
|
$
|
4,001
|
|
|||
|
Wholesale trade advances
|
2,457
|
|
11,860
|
|
|||||
|
Due from brokers
|
4,919
|
|
27,471
|
|
|||||
|
Subtotal
|
39,325
|
|
43,332
|
|
|||||
|
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts
|
(30
|
)
|
(30
|
)
|
|||||
|
Receivables, net
|
$
|
39,295
|
|
$
|
43,302
|
|
|||
Customer Trade Receivables.
Customer trade receivables represent short-term, non-interest bearing amounts due from precious metal sales, advances related to financing products, and other secured interests in assets of the customer.
Wholesale Trade Advances.
Wholesale trade advances represent advances of various bullion products and cash advances for purchase commitments of precious metal inventory. Typically, these advances are unsecured, short-term, and non-interest bearing, and are made to wholesale metals dealers and government mints.
Due from Brokers
. Due from brokers principally consists of the margin requirements held at brokers related to open futures contracts (see
Note 11
).
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
An allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded based on specifically identified receivables, which the Company has identified as potentially uncollectible. A summary of the activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
Period ended:
|
Beginning Balance
|
Provision
|
Charge-off
|
Ending Balance
|
|||||||||||||
|
Year Ended June 30, 2017
|
$
|
30
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
|||||
|
Year Ended June 30, 2016
|
$
|
30
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
|||||
52
|
5.
|
SECURED LOANS RECEIVABLE
|
Below is a summary of the carrying value of our secured loans as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
:
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
||||||||
|
Secured loans originated
|
$
|
30,864
|
|
$
|
36,280
|
|
|||
|
Secured loans originated - with a related party
|
—
|
|
1,370
|
|
|||||
|
30,864
|
|
37,650
|
|
||||||
|
Secured loans acquired
|
60,374
|
|
(1)
|
32,854
|
|
(2)
|
|||
|
Secured loans (current and long-term)
|
$
|
91,238
|
|
$
|
70,504
|
|
|||
(1) Includes
$72,000
of amortized loan premium as of
June 30, 2017
.
(2) Includes
$86,000
of amortized loan premium as of
June 30, 2016
.
Secured Loans - Originated
:
Secured loans include short-term loans, which include a combination of on-demand lines and short term facilities, and long-term loans that are made to our customers. These loans are fully secured by the customers' assets that include bullion, numismatic and semi-numismatic material, which are typically held in safekeeping by the Company. (See
Note 13
, for further information regarding our secured loans made to related parties.)
Secured Loans - Acquired
:
Secured loans also include short-term loans, which include a combination of on-demand lines and short term facilities that are purchased from our customer. The Company acquires a portfolio of their loan receivables at a price that approximates the aggregate carrying value of each loan in the portfolio, as determined on the effective transaction date. Each loan in the portfolio is fully secured by the borrowers' assets, which include bullion, numismatic and semi-numismatic material that are held in safekeeping by the Company. Typically, the seller of the loan portfolio retains the responsibility for the servicing and administration of the loans.
As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, our secured loans carried weighted-average effective interest rates of
9.2%
and
8.7%
, respectively, and mature in periods generally ranging from on-demand to two years.
The secured loans that the Company generates with active customers of A-Mark are reflected as an operating activity on the
consolidated
statements of cash flows. The secured loans that the Company generates with borrowers who are not active customers of A-Mark are reflected as an investing activity on the
consolidated
statements of cash flows as secured loans, net. For the secured loans that are reflected as an investing activity and have terms that allow the borrower to increase their loan balance (at the discretion of the Company) based on the excess value of their collateral compared to their aggregate principal balance of loan and are repayable on demand or in the short-term, the borrowings and repayments are netted on the
consolidated
statements of cash flows.
Credit Quality of Secured Loans Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses
The Company applies a systematic methodology to determine the allowance for credit losses for secured loan receivables. The secured loan receivables portfolio is comprised solely of secured loans with similar risk profiles. This similarity allows the Company to apply a standard methodology to determine the credit quality for each loan. The credit quality of each loan is generally determined by the secured material, the initial and ongoing collateral value determination and the assessment of loan to value determination. Typically, the Company's secured loan receivables within its portfolio have similar credit risk profiles and methods for assessing and monitoring credit risk.
53
The Company evaluates its loan portfolio in one of
three
classes of secured loan receivables: those loans secured by: 1) bullion 2) numismatic and semi-numismatic items and 3) customers' pledged assets, which may include bullion and numismatic items. The Company's secured loans by portfolio class, which align with management reporting, are as follows:
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
||||||||||||||
|
Bullion
|
$
|
61,767
|
|
67.7
|
%
|
$
|
35,168
|
|
49.9
|
%
|
|||||
|
Numismatic and semi-numismatic
|
29,471
|
|
32.3
|
|
34,636
|
|
49.1
|
|
|||||||
|
Subtotal
|
91,238
|
|
100.0
|
|
69,804
|
|
99.0
|
|
|||||||
|
Other pledged assets
(1)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
700
|
|
1.0
|
|
|||||||
|
Total secured loans
|
$
|
91,238
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
$
|
70,504
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|||||
|
_________________________________
|
||||
|
(1
|
)
|
Includes secured loans that are collateralized by borrower's assets, which are not exclusively precious metal products.
|
||
Each of the three classes of receivables have the same initial measurement attribute and a similar method for assessing and monitoring credit risk. The methodology of assessing the credit quality of the secured loans acquired by the Company is similar to the secured loans originated by the Company; they are administered using the same internal reporting system, collateralized by precious metals or other pledged assets, for which a loan to value determination procedures are applied.
Credit Quality of Loans and Non Performing Status
Generally, interest is due and payable within
30 days
. A loan is considered past due if interest is not paid in
30 days
or collateral calls are not met timely. Typically, loans do not achieve the threshold of non performing status due to the fact that customers are generally put into default for any interest past due over
30 days
and for unsatisfied collateral calls. When this occurs the loan collateral is typically liquidated within
90 days
.
For certain secured loans, interest is billed monthly and, if not paid, is added to the outstanding loan balance. These secured loans are considered past due if their current loan-to-value ratio fails to meet established minimum equity levels, and the borrower fails to meet the collateral call required to reestablish the appropriate loan to value ratio.
Non-performing loans have the highest probability for credit loss. The allowance for credit losses attributable to non-performing loans is based on the most probable source of repayment, which is normally the liquidation of collateral. In determining collateral value, the Company estimates the current market value of the collateral and considers credit enhancements such as additional collateral and third-party guarantees. Due to the accelerated liquidation terms of the Company's loan portfolio, all past due loans are generally liquidated within
90 days
of default.
Further information about the Company's credit quality indicators includes differentiating by categories of current loan-to-value ratios. The Company disaggregates its secured loans that are collateralized by precious metal products, as follows:
|
in thousands
|
||||||||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
|||||||||||||
|
Loan-to-value of 75% or more
(1)
|
$
|
60,432
|
|
66.2
|
%
|
$
|
10,231
|
|
14.7
|
%
|
||||
|
Loan-to-value of less than 75%
(1)
|
30,806
|
|
33.8
|
|
59,573
|
|
85.3
|
|
||||||
|
Secured loans collateralized by precious metal products
(1)
|
$
|
91,238
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
$
|
69,804
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
||||
|
_________________________________
|
||||
|
(1
|
)
|
Excludes secured loans that are collateralized by borrower's assets, which are not exclusively precious metal products.
|
||
The Company had
no
loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of
100%
at
June 30, 2017
. At
June 30, 2016
, the Company had
no
loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of
100%
.
For the Company's secured loans where the loan-to-value ratio is not a valid indicator (because the loans are collateralized by other assets of the borrower in addition to their precious metal inventory) the Company uses other indicators to measure the quality of this type of loan. For this type of loan, the Company uses the following credit quality indicators: accounts receivable-to-loan ratios and inventory-to-loan ratios and delinquency status of the loan.
Impaired loans
A loan is considered impaired if it is probable, based on current information and events, that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan. Customer loans are reviewed for impairment and include loans that are past due, non-performing or in bankruptcy. Recognition of interest income is suspended and the loan is placed on non-accrual status when management determines that collection of future interest income is not probable. Accrual is resumed, and
54
previously suspended interest income is recognized, when the loan becomes contractually current and/or collection doubts are removed. Cash receipts on impaired loans are recorded first against the receivable and then to any unrecognized interest income.
All loans are contractually subject to margin call. As a result, loans typically do not become impaired due to the fact the Company has the ability to require margin calls which are due upon receipt. Per the terms of the loan agreement, the Company has the right to liquidate the loan collateral in the event of a default. The material is highly liquid and easily sold to pay off the loan. Such circumstances would result in a short term impairment that would typically result in full repayment of the loan and fees due to the Company.
For the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, the Company incurred
no
loan impairment costs.
|
6
.
|
INVENTORIES
|
Our inventory consists of the precious metals that the Company has physically received, and inventory held by third-parties, which, at the Company's option, it may or may not receive. Below, our inventory is summarized by classification at
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
:
|
in thousands
|
||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
|||||||
|
Inventory held for sale
|
$
|
43,787
|
|
$
|
81,006
|
|
||
|
Repurchase arrangements with customers
|
92,496
|
|
92,283
|
|
||||
|
Consignment arrangements with customers
|
7,368
|
|
8,042
|
|
||||
|
Commemorative coins, held at lower of cost or market
|
40
|
|
16
|
|
||||
|
Borrowed precious metals from suppliers
|
5,625
|
|
4,352
|
|
||||
|
Product financing arrangement, restricted
|
135,343
|
|
59,358
|
|
||||
|
$
|
284,659
|
|
$
|
245,057
|
|
|||
Inventory Held for Sale.
Inventory held for sale represents precious metals, excluding commemorative coin inventory, that have been received by the Company that is not subject to repurchase or consignment arrangements with third parties. As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, the inventory held for sale totaled
$43.8 million
and
$81.0 million
, respectively.
Repurchase Arrangements with Customers.
The Company enters into arrangements with certain customers under which A-Mark purchases precious metals products that are subject to repurchase by the customer at the fair value of the product on the repurchase date, whereby the Company retains legal title to the metals. The Company or the counterparty may typically terminate any such arrangement with 14 days' notice. Upon termination the customer’s rights to repurchase any remaining inventory is forfeited. As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, included within inventory is
$92.5 million
and
$92.3 million
, respectively, of precious metals products subject to repurchase.
Consignment Arrangements with Customers.
The Company periodically loans metals to customers on a short-term consignment basis. Inventories loaned under consignment arrangements to customers as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
totaled
$7.4 million
and
$8.0 million
, respectively. Such transactions are recorded as sales and are removed from the Company's inventory at the time the customer elects to price and purchase the precious metals.
Commemorative Coins.
Our commemorative coin inventory, including its premium component, is held at the lower of cost or market, because the value of commemorative coins is influenced more by supply and demand determinants than on the underlying spot price of the precious metal content of the commemorative coins. Unlike our bullion coins, the value of commemorative coins is not subject to the same level of volatility as bullion coins because our commemorative coins typically carry a substantially higher premium over the spot metal price than bullion coins. Our commemorative coins are not hedged, are included in inventory at the lower of cost or market and totaled
$40,000
and
$16,000
as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, respectively.
Borrowed Precious Metals from Suppliers.
Inventories include amounts borrowed from suppliers that arise from various arrangements including unallocated metal positions held by customers in the Company’s inventory, as well as amounts due to suppliers for the use of consigned inventory, and shortages in unallocated metal positions held by the Company in the supplier’s inventory. Unallocated or pool metal represents an unsegregated inventory position that is due on demand, in a specified physical form, based on the total ounces of metal held in the position. Amounts under these arrangements require delivery either in the form of precious metals or cash. Corresponding obligations related to liabilities on borrowed metals are reflected on the
consolidated
balance sheets and totaled
$5.6 million
and
$4.4 million
as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, respectively.
55
Product Financing Arrangements.
Inventories include amounts for obligations under product financing arrangements. The Company enters into a product financing agreement for the transfer and subsequent re-acquisition of gold and silver at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price with a third party finance company. This inventory is restricted and is held at a custodial storage facility in exchange for a financing fee, by the third party finance company. During the term of the financing, the third party finance company holds the inventory as collateral, and both parties intend for the inventory to be returned to the Company at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price on the finance arrangement termination date. These transactions do not qualify as sales and have been accounted for as financing arrangements in accordance with ASC 470-40
Product Financing Arrangements
. The obligation is stated at the amount required to repurchase the outstanding inventory. Both the product financing and the underlying inventory are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value included in cost of sales in the
consolidated
statements of income. Such obligation totaled
$135.3 million
and
$59.4 million
as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, respectively.
The Company mitigates market risk of its physical inventories and open commitments through commodity hedge transactions (see
Note 11
.) As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, the unrealized gains (losses) resulting from the difference between market value and cost of physical inventories were
$(4.5) million
and
$12.7 million
, respectively.
Premium component of inventory
The Company's inventories primarily include bullion and bullion coins and are acquired and initially recorded at fair market value. The fair market value of the bullion and bullion coins is comprised of two components: (1) published market values attributable to the cost of the raw precious metal, and (2) a published premium paid at acquisition of the metal. The premium is attributable to the additional value of the product in its finished goods form and the market value attributable solely to the premium is readily determined, as it is published by multiple reputable sources. The premium is included in the cost of the inventory, paid at acquisition, and is a component of the total fair market value of the inventory. The precious metal component of the inventory may be hedged through the use of precious metal commodity positions, while the premium component of our inventory is not a commodity that may be hedged.
The Company’s inventories are subsequently recorded at their fair market values, that is, "marked-to-market", except for our commemorative coin inventory. The daily changes in the fair market value of our inventory are offset by daily changes in fair market value of hedging derivatives that are taken with respects to our inventory positions; both the change in the fair market value of the inventory and the change in the fair market value of these derivative instruments are recorded in cost of sales in the
consolidated
statements of income.
The premium component, at market value, included in the inventories as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
totaled
$4.1 million
and
$4.6 million
, respectively.
56
7
. PLANT, PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Plant, property and equipment consists of the following at
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
:
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
||||||||||
|
Office furniture, and fixtures
|
$
|
1,638
|
|
$
|
1,107
|
|
|||||
|
Computer equipment
|
462
|
|
407
|
|
|||||||
|
Computer software
|
2,386
|
|
2,386
|
|
|||||||
|
Plant equipment
|
1,979
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Building
|
315
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Leasehold improvements
|
2,571
|
|
1,661
|
|
|||||||
|
Total depreciable assets
|
9,351
|
|
5,561
|
|
|||||||
|
Less: accumulated depreciation
|
(3,885
|
)
|
(3,043
|
)
|
|||||||
|
Property and equipment not placed in service
|
1,105
|
|
964
|
|
|||||||
|
Land
|
36
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||
|
Plant, property and equipment, net
|
$
|
6,607
|
|
$
|
3,482
|
|
|||||
Depreciation expense for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
was
$1,099,000
and
$833,000
, respectively.
During the
year ended June 30, 2017
, the Company recognized a loss on the disposal of plant, property and equipment of approximately
$178,000
, which is shown as component of selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of income. The Company wrote-off
$435,000
of assets primarily consisting of leasehold improvements and office furniture and fixtures related to its relocation of its corporate office to El Segundo California. The Company did not incur a material loss on disposal of plant, property and equipment assets during the
year ended June 30, 2016
.
8
. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
On July 1, 2005, all of the outstanding common stock of A-Mark was acquired by Spectrum PMI, Inc. Spectrum PMI was a holding company whose outstanding common stock was owned
80%
by SGI, and
20%
by Auctentia, S.L. In September 2012, SGI purchased from Auctentia its
20%
interest in Spectrum PMI. In September 2013, Spectrum PMI was merged with and into SGI, as a result of which all of the outstanding shares of A-Mark were then owned directly by SGI.
In connection with the acquisition of A-Mark by Spectrum PMI on July 1, 2005, the accounts of the Company were adjusted using the push down basis of accounting to recognize the allocation of the consideration paid to the respective net assets acquired. In accordance with the push down basis of accounting, the Company's net assets were adjusted to their fair values as of the date of the acquisition based upon an independent appraisal.
Due to the Company's business combination with AMST that closed on August 31, 2016 (see
Note 1
) the Company recorded an additional
$2.5 million
and
$4.3 million
of identifiable intangible assets and goodwill, respectively. The Company’s investment in AMST is expected to create synergies between the acquired minting operation and the Company’s established distribution network by providing a more steady and reliable fabricated source of silver during times of market volatility. The Company considers that much of the acquired goodwill relates to the “ ready state” of AMST's established minting operation with existing quality processes, procedures and ability to scale production to meet market needs.
57
The carrying value of goodwill and other purchased intangibles as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
is as described below:
|
dollar amounts in thousands
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Estimated Useful Lives (Years)
|
Gross Carrying Amount
|
Accumulated Amortization
|
Net Book Value
|
Gross Carrying Amount
|
Accumulated Amortization
|
Net Book Value
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
Identifiable intangible Assets:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Existing customer relationships
|
5 - 15
|
6,447
|
|
(4,636
|
)
|
1,811
|
|
5,747
|
|
(4,214
|
)
|
1,533
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Non-compete and other
|
4
|
2,000
|
|
(2,000
|
)
|
—
|
|
2,000
|
|
(2,000
|
)
|
—
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Employment agreement
|
3
|
195
|
|
(195
|
)
|
—
|
|
195
|
|
(195
|
)
|
—
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Intangibles subject to amortization
|
8,642
|
|
(6,831
|
)
|
1,811
|
|
7,942
|
|
(6,409
|
)
|
1,533
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Trade Name
|
Indefinite
|
$
|
2,254
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
2,254
|
|
$
|
454
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
454
|
|
||||||
|
$
|
10,896
|
|
$
|
(6,831
|
)
|
$
|
4,065
|
|
$
|
8,396
|
|
$
|
(6,409
|
)
|
$
|
1,987
|
|
||||||||
|
Goodwill
|
Indefinite
|
$
|
8,881
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
8,881
|
|
$
|
4,620
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
4,620
|
|
||||||
The Company's intangible assets are subject to amortization except for trade-names, which have an indefinite life. Intangible assets subject to amortization are amortized using the straight-line method over their useful lives, which are estimated to be
three
to
fifteen
years. Amortization expense related to the Company's intangible assets for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
was
$422,000
and
$382,000
, respectively. For the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, the Company did not identify any impairments related to the Company's goodwill or intangible assets.
Estimated amortization expense on an annual basis for the succeeding five years is as follows (in thousands):
|
Fiscal Year Ending June 30,
|
Amount
|
|||
|
2018
|
$
|
432
|
|
|
|
2019
|
432
|
|
||
|
2020
|
432
|
|
||
|
2021
|
61
|
|
||
|
2022
|
47
|
|
||
|
Thereafter
|
407
|
|
||
|
Total
|
$
|
1,811
|
|
|
|
9
.
|
LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS
|
The Company has
two
investments in privately-held entities, both of which are online precious metals retailers and customers of the Company. The Company has exclusive supplier agreements with each entity, for which theses customers have agreed to purchase all bullion products required for their businesses exclusively from A-Mark, subject to certain limitations. The Company also provides fulfillment services to both of these customers. The following table shows the carrying value of the Company's investments in the privately held companies, categorized by type of investment:
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
||||||||
|
Equity method investment
|
$
|
7,467
|
|
$
|
7,373
|
|
|||
|
Cost method investment
|
500
|
|
500
|
|
|||||
|
$
|
7,967
|
|
$
|
7,873
|
|
||||
Equity Method Investment
The Company applies the equity method of accounting for its investment in which it has aggregate ownership interest of
20.2%
. Under the equity method of accounting, the carrying value of the investment is adjusted for the Company's proportional share of the investee's reported earnings or losses with the corresponding share of earnings or losses reported in other income on the
consolidated
statements of income.
58
The Company's proportionate share of the investee’s net income totaled
$94,000
and
$701,000
for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, respectively. The Company's share of these earnings is shown as a component of "other income" on the
consolidated
statements of income.
Cost Method Investment
The Company applies the cost method to its investment in which its ownership percentage, based on the number of fully dilutive common shares outstanding, was
2.5%
as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
. As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, the aggregate carrying balance of this investment was
$0.5 million
.
|
10
.
|
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
|
Accounts payable consists of the following:
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
||||||||
|
Trade payable to customers
|
$
|
277
|
|
$
|
603
|
|
|||
|
Advances from customers
|
36,382
|
|
36,369
|
|
|||||
|
Liability on deferred revenue
|
3,777
|
|
6,546
|
|
|||||
|
Due to brokers
|
—
|
|
1,250
|
|
|||||
|
Other accounts payable
|
1,511
|
|
2,001
|
|
|||||
|
|
$
|
41,947
|
|
$
|
46,769
|
|
|||
|
11
.
|
DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING TRANSACTIONS
|
The Company is exposed to market risk, such as changes in commodity prices, and foreign exchange rates. To manage the volatility relating to these exposures, the Company enters into various derivative products, such as forwards and futures contracts. By policy, the Company historically has entered into derivative financial instruments for the purpose of hedging substantially all of Company's market exposure to precious metals prices, and not for speculative purposes.
Commodity Price Management
The Company manages the value of certain specific assets and liabilities of its trading business, including trading inventories, by employing a variety of hedging strategies. These strategies include the management of exposure to changes in the market values of the Company's trading inventories through the purchase and sale of a variety of derivative instruments, such as, forwards and futures contracts.
The Company enters into derivative transactions solely for the purpose of hedging its inventory subject to price risk, and not for speculative market purposes. Due to the nature of the Company's global hedging strategy, the Company is not using hedge accounting as defined under Topic 815 of the ASC, whereby the gains or losses would be deferred and included as a component of other comprehensive income
.
Instead, gains or losses resulting from the Company's futures and forward contracts and open sale and purchase commitments are reported as unrealized gains or losses on commodity contracts (a component of cost of sales) with the related unrealized amounts due from or to counterparties reflected as a derivative asset or liability on the
consolidated
balance sheets.
The Company's trading inventories and purchase and sale transactions consist primarily of precious metal products. The value of these assets and liabilities are marked-to-market daily to the prevailing closing price of the underlying precious metals. The Company's precious metals inventories are subject to market value changes, created by changes in the underlying commodity market prices. Inventories purchased or borrowed by the Company are subject to price changes. Inventories borrowed are considered natural hedges, since changes in value of the metal held are offset by the obligation to return the metal to the supplier.
The Company’s open sale and purchase commitments typically settle within
2
business days, and for those commitments that do not have stated settlement dates, the Company has the right to settle the positions upon demand. Futures and forwards contracts open at end of any period typically settle within
30
days. Open sale and purchase commitments are subject to changes in value between the date the purchase or sale price is fixed (the trade date) and the date the metal is received or delivered (the settlement date). The Company seeks to minimize the effect of price changes of the underlying commodity through the use of forward and futures contracts.
The Company's policy is to substantially hedge its inventory position, net of open sale and purchase commitments that are subject to price risk. The Company regularly enters into precious metals commodity forward and futures contracts with financial institutions to hedge price changes that would cause changes in the value of its physical metals positions and purchase commitments
59
and sale commitments. The Company has access to all of the precious metals markets, allowing it to place hedges. The Company also maintains relationships with major market makers in every major precious metals dealing center.
The Company’s management sets credit and position risk limits. These limits include gross position limits for counterparties engaged in sales and purchase transactions with the Company. They also include collateral limits for different types of sale and purchase transactions that counterparties may engage in from time to time.
Derivative Assets and Liabilities
The Company's derivative assets and liabilities represent the net fair value of the difference (or intrinsic value) between market values and trade values at the trade date for open precious metals sale and purchase contracts, as adjusted on a daily basis for changes in market values of the underlying metals, until settled. The Company's derivative assets and liabilities represent the net fair value of open precious metals forwards and futures contracts. The precious metals forwards and futures contracts are settled at the contract settlement date.
All of our commodity derivative contracts are under master netting arrangements and include both asset and liability positions (i.e., offsetting derivative instruments). Substantially all of these transactions are secured by the underlying metals positions. As such, the Company's derivative contracts with the same counterparty, the receivables and payables have been netted on the
consolidated
balance sheets. Such derivative contracts include open sale and purchase commitments, futures, forwards and margin accounts. In the table below, the aggregate gross and net derivative receivables and payables balances are presented by contract type and type of hedge, as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
.
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
in thousands
|
Gross Derivative
|
Amounts Netted
|
Cash Collateral Pledge
|
Net Derivative
|
Gross Derivative
|
Amounts Netted
|
Cash Collateral Pledge
|
Net Derivative
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Nettable derivative assets:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Open sale and purchase commitments
|
$
|
1,625
|
|
$
|
(694
|
)
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
931
|
|
$
|
37,378
|
|
$
|
(5,031
|
)
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
32,347
|
|
||||||||
|
Future contracts
|
1,273
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
1,273
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Forward contracts
|
15,754
|
|
(371
|
)
|
—
|
|
15,383
|
|
1,385
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
1,385
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
$
|
18,652
|
|
$
|
(1,065
|
)
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
17,587
|
|
$
|
38,763
|
|
$
|
(5,031
|
)
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
33,732
|
|
|||||||||
|
Nettable derivative liabilities:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Open sale and purchase commitments
|
$
|
31,568
|
|
$
|
(1,783
|
)
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
29,785
|
|
$
|
2,938
|
|
$
|
(1,019
|
)
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
1,919
|
|
||||||||
|
Margin accounts
|
7,936
|
|
—
|
|
(3,139
|
)
|
4,797
|
|
12,439
|
|
—
|
|
(4,257
|
)
|
8,182
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Future contracts
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
13,914
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
13,914
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Forward contracts
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
14,579
|
|
(2,140
|
)
|
—
|
|
12,439
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
$
|
39,504
|
|
$
|
(1,783
|
)
|
$
|
(3,139
|
)
|
$
|
34,582
|
|
$
|
43,870
|
|
$
|
(3,159
|
)
|
$
|
(4,257
|
)
|
$
|
36,454
|
|
|||||||||
Gains or Losses on Derivative Instruments
The Company records the derivative at the trade date with a corresponding unrealized gain (loss), shown as a component of cost of sales in the
consolidated
statements of income. The Company adjusts the derivatives to fair value on a daily basis until the transactions are settled. Upon settlement, the sales which are physically settled, are recognized at the gross amount in the consolidated statements of income. Realized gains and losses on contracts which are not physically settled are recognized at the net amount as component of cost of sales in the
consolidated
statements of income.
Below is a summary of the net gains (losses) on derivative instruments for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
.
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
|||||||
|
Gains (losses) on derivative instruments:
|
|||||||||
|
Unrealized (losses) gains on open future commodity and forward contracts and open sale and purchase commitments, net
|
$
|
(17,738
|
)
|
$
|
(7,205
|
)
|
|||
|
Realized gains (losses) on future commodity contracts, net
|
27,392
|
|
1,344
|
|
|||||
|
$
|
9,654
|
|
$
|
(5,861
|
)
|
||||
60
Summary of Hedging Activity
In a hedging relationship, the change in the value of the derivative financial instrument is offset to a great extent by the change in the value of the underlying hedged item. The following table summarizes the results of our hedging activities, which shows the precious metal commodity inventory position, net of open sale and purchase commitments, that is subject to price risk as of
June 30, 2017
and at
June 30, 2016
.
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
||||||||
|
Inventory
|
$
|
284,659
|
|
$
|
245,057
|
|
|||
|
Less unhedgable inventory:
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Commemorative coin inventory, held at lower of cost or market
|
(40
|
)
|
(16
|
)
|
|||||
|
Premium on metals position
|
(4,088
|
)
|
(4,627
|
)
|
|||||
|
Inventory value not hedged
|
(4,128
|
)
|
(4,643
|
)
|
|||||
|
Subtotal
|
280,531
|
|
240,414
|
|
|||||
|
Commitments at market:
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Open inventory purchase commitments
|
587,687
|
|
550,810
|
|
|||||
|
Open inventory sales commitments
|
(121,602
|
)
|
(237,325
|
)
|
|||||
|
Margin sale commitments
|
(7,936
|
)
|
(12,439
|
)
|
|||||
|
In-transit inventory no longer subject to market risk
|
(3,931
|
)
|
(7,363
|
)
|
|||||
|
Unhedgable premiums on open commitment positions
|
495
|
|
400
|
|
|||||
|
Inventory borrowed from suppliers
|
(5,625
|
)
|
(4,352
|
)
|
|||||
|
Product financing arrangements
|
(135,343
|
)
|
(59,358
|
)
|
|||||
|
Advances on industrial metals
|
1,580
|
|
4,521
|
|
|||||
|
Inventory subject to price risk
|
595,856
|
|
475,308
|
|
|||||
|
Inventory subject to derivative financial instruments:
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Precious metals forward contracts at market values
|
462,231
|
|
188,530
|
|
|||||
|
Precious metals futures contracts at market values
|
133,450
|
|
286,449
|
|
|||||
|
Total market value of derivative financial instruments
|
595,681
|
|
474,979
|
|
|||||
|
Net inventory subject to commodity price risk
|
$
|
175
|
|
$
|
329
|
|
|||
Notional Balances of Derivatives
The notional balances of the Company's derivative instruments, consisting of contractual metal quantities, are expressed at current spot prices of the underlying precious metal commodity. As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, the Company had the following outstanding commitments and open forward and future contracts:
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
||||||||
|
Purchase commitments
|
$
|
587,687
|
|
$
|
550,810
|
|
|||
|
Sales commitments
|
(121,602
|
)
|
(237,325
|
)
|
|||||
|
Margin sales commitments
|
(7,936
|
)
|
(12,439
|
)
|
|||||
|
Open forward contracts
|
462,231
|
|
188,530
|
|
|||||
|
Open futures contracts
|
133,450
|
|
286,449
|
|
|||||
The contract amounts (i.e., notional balances) of the Company's forward and futures contracts and the open sales and purchase orders are properly not reflected in the accompanying
consolidated
balance sheet. The Company records the difference between the market price of the underlying metal or contract and the trade amount at fair value.
The Company is exposed to the risk of failure of the counterparties to its derivative contracts. Significant judgment is applied by the Company when evaluating the fair value implications. The Company regularly reviews the creditworthiness of its
61
major counterparties and monitors its exposure to concentrations. At
June 30, 2017
, the Company believes its risk of counterparty default is mitigated as a result of such evaluation and the short-term duration of these arrangements.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Management
The Company utilizes foreign currency forward contracts to manage the effect of foreign currency exchange fluctuations on its sale and purchase transactions. These contracts generally have maturities of less than one week. The accounting treatment of our foreign currency exchange derivative instruments is similar to the accounting treatment of our commodity derivative instruments, that is, the change in the value in the financial instrument is immediately recognized as a component of cost of sales. Unrealized (losses) gains on foreign exchange derivative instruments shown on the face of the
consolidated
statements of income totaled
$60,000
and
$99,000
for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, respectively. The market values (fair values) of the Company’s foreign exchange forward contracts and the net open sale and purchase commitment transactions, denominated in foreign currencies, outstanding at
June 30, 2017
was
$2.2 million
and
$2.2 million
, respectively. The market values (fair values) of the Company’s foreign exchange forward contracts and the net open sale and purchase commitment transactions, denominated in foreign currencies, outstanding at
June 30, 2016
was
$2.0 million
and
$4.4 million
, respectively.
12
. INCOME TAXES
Income from operations before provision for income taxes is shown below:
|
in thousands
|
||||||||
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
||||||
|
U.S.
|
$
|
10,745
|
|
$
|
15,453
|
|
||
|
Foreign
|
40
|
|
111
|
|
||||
|
Income before provision for income taxes
|
$
|
10,785
|
|
$
|
15,564
|
|
||
The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return based on a June 30
th
tax year end. The provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
consists of the following:
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||
|
Years Ended,
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
|||||||
|
Current:
|
|||||||||
|
Federal
|
13,642
|
|
(667
|
)
|
|||||
|
State and local
|
879
|
|
100
|
|
|||||
|
Foreign
|
(20
|
)
|
52
|
|
|||||
|
14,501
|
|
(515
|
)
|
||||||
|
Deferred:
|
|||||||||
|
Federal
|
(10,117
|
)
|
6,325
|
|
|||||
|
State and local
|
(663
|
)
|
483
|
|
|||||
|
(10,780
|
)
|
6,808
|
|
||||||
|
Provision for income taxes
|
$
|
3,721
|
|
$
|
6,293
|
|
|||
A reconciliation of the income tax provisions to the amounts computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate (35% for
2017
, and
2016
) to income before income tax provisions for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, are set forth below:
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
|||||||
|
Federal income tax
|
$
|
3,775
|
|
$
|
5,447
|
|
|||
|
State tax, net of federal benefit
|
210
|
|
437
|
|
|||||
|
Uncertain tax positions
|
(147
|
)
|
79
|
|
|||||
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
12
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|||||
|
Other
|
(129
|
)
|
400
|
|
|||||
|
Provision for income taxes (benefit)
|
$
|
3,721
|
|
$
|
6,293
|
|
|||
62
Tax Balances and Activity
The tax returns filed by the Company since the spinoff have been prepared on a basis consistent with past practices. Income taxes receivable represents amounts paid to federal and state jurisdictions in excess of amounts due to taxing authorities based upon taxable income. Income taxes payable represents amounts owed to federal and state jurisdictions in excess of amounts paid to taxing authorities based upon taxable income. Our deferred tax assets and liabilities represent tax effected balances that were assumed in the spinoff and generated since the spinoff.
Tax Separation Agreement
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S., various states and Austria. Prior to the Distribution, the Company was included in the consolidated federal and state tax filings of the Former Parent. In connection with the spinoff, the Company entered into a tax separation agreement with the Former Parent (the "Tax Separation Agreement"). The Tax Separation Agreement governs the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of the Former Parent and the Company with respect to, among other things, liabilities for U.S. federal, state, local and other taxes. In addition to the allocation of tax liabilities, the Tax Separation Agreement addresses the preparation and filing of tax returns for such taxes and disputes with taxing authorities regarding such taxes. Pursuant to the Tax Separation Agreement, A-Mark may be responsible for any tax amount related to A-Mark that is incurred as the result of adjustments made during an Internal Revenue Service examination or other tax jurisdictions' examinations of the Former Parent. Under the terms of the Tax Separation Agreement, the Former Parent has the responsibility to prepare and file tax returns for tax periods ending prior to the Distribution date and for tax periods which include the Distribution date but end after the Distribution date, which includes A-Mark and its subsidiaries.
The Company's
consolidated
financial statements recognized the current and deferred income tax consequences that resulted from the Company's activities during the current and preceding periods, as if the Company were a separate taxpayer during the period prior to the Distribution rather than a member of the Former Parent's consolidated income tax return group. Current income tax receivable due from the Former Parent reflects balances due to A-Mark for its share of the income tax assets of the group.
As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, the amount receivable under the Company's income tax sharing obligation due from Former Parent totaled
$0 million
, and
$0.2 million
, respectively, and is shown on the face of the consolidated balance sheets as income taxes receivable from Former Parent.
SGI received a written opinion from Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP that the spinoff qualifies as a tax-free transaction under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code and that for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) no gain or loss shall be recognized by SGI upon the distribution of our common stock in the spinoff, and (ii) no gain or loss shall be recognized by, and no amount will be included in the income of, holders of SGI common stock upon the receipt of shares of our common stock in the spinoff. If, notwithstanding the conclusions included in the opinion, it is ultimately determined that the distribution does not qualify as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, each SGI shareholder that is subject to U.S. federal income tax and that received shares of our common stock in the distribution could be treated as receiving a taxable distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of such shares. In addition, if the distribution were not to qualify as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, then SGI would recognize gain in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of our common stock distributed to SGI shareholders on the date of the distribution over SGI’s tax basis in such shares. Also, we could have an indemnification obligation to SGI related to its tax liability. The Company considers this possible outcome as remote, and as a result, no liability has been recorded.
Income Tax Receivable and Payable
As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, the income tax receivable totaled
$0.0 million
and
$7.3 million
, respectively. As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, the income tax payable totaled
$1.4 million
and
$0.0 million
, respectively.
Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized by evaluating both positive and negative evidence. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, management concluded that with the exception of certain state net operating losses, it was more likely than not that the Company would be able to realize the benefit of the U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets. We based this conclusion on historical and projected operating performance, as well as our expectation that our operations will generate sufficient taxable income in future periods to realize the tax benefits associated with the deferred tax assets.
As of
June 30, 2017
, the consolidated balance sheet reflects the deferred tax items for each tax-paying component (i.e., federal and state), resulting in a state deferred tax asset of
$1.4 million
and a federal deferred tax asset of
$2.5 million
. As of
June 30, 2016
, the consolidated balance sheet reflects the deferred tax items for each tax-paying component (i.e., federal and state), resulting in a state deferred tax asset of
$0.4 million
and a federal deferred tax liability of
$7.2 million
. The schedule of deferred taxes presented below summarizes the components of deferred taxes that have been classified as deferred tax assets and deferred
63
tax liabilities related to taxable temporary differences as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
:
|
in thousands
|
||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
|||||||
|
Accrued compensation
|
$
|
121
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
||
|
Deferred rent
|
367
|
|
194
|
|
||||
|
Unrealized loss on futures and forward contracts
|
—
|
|
5,179
|
|
||||
|
Unrealized loss on open purchase and sale commitments
|
5,026
|
|
—
|
|
||||
|
Stock-based compensation
|
582
|
|
206
|
|
||||
|
State tax accrual
|
112
|
|
2
|
|
||||
|
Net operating loss carry forwards
|
705
|
|
929
|
|
||||
|
Other
|
132
|
|
215
|
|
||||
|
Deferred tax assets
|
7,045
|
|
6,835
|
|
||||
|
Less: valuation allowances
|
(56
|
)
|
(44
|
)
|
||||
|
Deferred tax assets after valuation allowances
|
6,989
|
|
6,791
|
|
||||
|
Intangible assets
|
(1,347
|
)
|
(1,221
|
)
|
||||
|
Unrealized gain on open purchase and sale commitments
|
—
|
|
(7,228
|
)
|
||||
|
Unrealized gain on futures and forward contracts
|
(474
|
)
|
—
|
|
||||
|
Fixed assets
|
(298
|
)
|
(87
|
)
|
||||
|
Inventories
|
(454
|
)
|
(4,815
|
)
|
||||
|
Earnings from equity method investment
|
(296
|
)
|
(261
|
)
|
||||
|
Investment in Partnership
|
(161
|
)
|
—
|
|
||||
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
(3,030
|
)
|
(13,612
|
)
|
||||
|
Net deferred tax asset (liability)
|
$
|
3,959
|
|
$
|
(6,821
|
)
|
||
Net Operating Loss Carryforwards and Valuation Allowances
As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, the Company's state and city net operating loss carryforwards totaled approximately
$12.5 million
and
$16.6 million
, respectively. As shown in the table above, the Company's tax-effected net operating loss carryforwards totaled, as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
,
$0.7 million
and
$0.9 million
, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards start to expire in the year ending
June 30, 2028
. As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, the Company had
$56,000
and
$44,000
, respectively, of valuation allowance for certain state and city net operating loss carryforwards, based on the Company's annual assessment of the realizability of its deferred tax assets.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
The Company has taken or expects to take certain tax benefits on its income tax return filings that it has not recognized a tax benefit (i.e., an unrecognized tax benefit) on its consolidated statements of income. The Company's measurement of its uncertain tax positions is based on management's assessment of all relevant information, including, but not limited to prior audit experience, audit settlement, or lapse of the applicable statute of limitations. Below is a reconciliation of the net unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended
June 30, 2017
and
2016
:
|
in thousands
|
||||||||
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
||||||
|
Beginning balance
|
$
|
280
|
|
$
|
243
|
|
||
|
Reductions due to lapse of statute of limitations
|
(97
|
)
|
(16
|
)
|
||||
|
Additions as a result of tax positions taken during current period
|
14
|
|
53
|
|
||||
|
Ending balance
|
$
|
197
|
|
$
|
280
|
|
||
In addition to the
$197,000
of accrued tax expense related to unrecognized tax positions, as shown in the table above, the Company accrued
$98,000
of interest and
$53,000
of penalties related to its uncertain tax positions. As of
June 30, 2017
, the amount of this accrued liability (inclusive of the uncertain tax deductions and the associated interest and penalty accrual) totaled
$348,000
, and, if recognized, would reduce the Company's effective tax rate. For the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, the Company recognized reversal of interest of approximately
$(26,000)
and
$24,000
of interest expense, as well as, reversal of penalties of
$(39,000)
and penalties of
$20,000
related to its uncertain tax positions, respectively.
64
Tax Examinations
With exception of the items noted below, either prior federal, state or local examinations have been completed by the tax authorities or the statute of limitations have expired for U.S. federal, state and local income tax returns filed by the for the years through
June 30, 2012
.
Internal Revenue Service - June 30, 2004 through June 30, 2007
Prior to the Distribution, the Company was included in the consolidated federal and state tax filings of the Former Parent. The Former Parent has been under examination by the IRS for the years ended June 30, 2004 through 2013; however, during the
year ended June 30, 2015
, the Former Parent was notified that it had successfully resolved the June 30, 2004 through June 30, 2007 tax years. As a result of the IRS exam, the Former Parent amended the state tax filings for the applicable periods during the
year ended June 30, 2016
. Generally the state statute for examining the specific items that were included in the amendment is two years from the date of filing. The amended state tax filings resulted in a tax benefit of approximately
$0.6 million
related to state net operating loss apportioned to the Company under intrastate apportionment rules for the year ended June 30, 2013.
Internal Revenue Service - June 30, 2008 through June 30, 2013
During the
year ended June 30, 2017
, the Former Parent settled its IRS appeal for the tax years ended June 30, 2008 through 2013. As a result, the Former Parent amended its states filings that resulted in a state tax benefit of approximately
$0.3 million
to the Company. Generally, the state statute for examining the specific items that were included in the amendment is two years from the date of filing
Internal Revenue Service - June 30, 2015
During the
year ended June 30, 2017
, the Internal Revenue Service notified the Company of an examination for the
year ended June 30, 2015
. The Company is unable to determine the outcome of the exam at this time.
Utah State - June 30, 2011 through June 30, 2013
The Former Parent remains under exam with the state of Utah for the years ended June 30, 2011 through 2013. The Former Parent and the Company, as a subsidiary in a consolidated tax filing, are unable to determine the outcome of this exam at this time.
Former Parent New York - June 30, 2014 through March 14, 2014
During the year ended June 30, 2017, the Former Parent was notified by the New York Department of Taxation and Finance that its tax return was under examination for the period ended June 30, 2014, which included the Company’s short period tax return through March 14, 2014. The Company is unable to determine the outcome of the audit at this time.
A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. New York - June 30, 2014 through June 30, 2016
During the year ended June 30, 2017, the Company was notified by the New York Department of Taxation and Finance that its tax returns for the periods ended June 30, 2014, June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2016 were selected for audit. The Company is unable to determine the outcome of the audit at this time.
13
. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Sales and Purchases Made to Affiliated Companies
During the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, the Company made sales and purchases to various companies, which have been deemed to be related parties, as follows:
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Sales
|
Purchases
|
Sales
|
Purchases
|
||||||||||||||
|
Former Parent
|
$
|
47,384
|
|
$
|
47,979
|
|
$
|
30,544
|
|
$
|
42,264
|
|
|||||
|
Equity method investee
|
477,477
|
|
2,979
|
|
717,309
|
|
6,867
|
|
|||||||||
|
SilverTowne
|
27,834
|
|
4,648
|
|
4,697
|
|
26,789
|
|
|||||||||
|
$
|
552,695
|
|
$
|
55,606
|
|
$
|
752,550
|
|
$
|
75,920
|
|
||||||
65
Balances with Affiliated Companies
As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, the Company had related party receivables and payables balances as set forth below:
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Receivables
|
Payables
|
Receivables
|
Payables
|
||||||||||||||
|
Former Parent
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
27
|
|
$
|
1,775
|
|
(1)
|
$
|
—
|
|
||||
|
Equity method investee
|
—
|
|
558
|
|
2,396
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||||
|
SilverTowne
|
—
|
|
1,768
|
|
(2)
|
—
|
|
282
|
|
||||||||
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
2,353
|
|
$
|
4,171
|
|
$
|
282
|
|
||||||
|
_________________________________
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
1) Balance includes a secured line of credit balance of $1.4 million.
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
2) Balance includes: (a) a short-term earn-out liability of $0.2 million (included as a component of the accrued liabilities balance), (b) a notes payable of $0.5 million (shown as notes payable - related party), and (c) a contingent earn-out liability of $1.1 million (shown as other long-term liabilities).
|
|||||||||||||||||
Secured Loans Made to Affiliated Companies
On July 23, 2015, CFC entered into a loan agreement with Former Parent providing a secured line of credit, bearing interest at a competitive rate per annum. The loan is secured by numismatic and semi-numismatic products. As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, the aggregate carrying value of this loan was
$0.0 million
and
$1.4 million
, respectively, and is shown on the
consolidated
balance sheets as a component "secured loans receivable" (see
Note 5
).
Interest Income Earned from Affiliated Companies
During the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, the Company earned interest income related to loans made to Former Parent and related to financing products sold to affiliated companies, as set forth below:
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
|||||||
|
Interest income from loan receivables
|
$
|
171
|
|
$
|
65
|
|
|||
|
Interest income from finance products
|
2,787
|
|
2,302
|
|
|||||
|
$
|
2,958
|
|
$
|
2,367
|
|
||||
Other Income Earned from Equity Method Investee
During the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, the Company recorded its proportional share of its equity method investee's net income as other income that total
$94,000
and
$701,000
, respectively. As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, the carrying balance of the equity method investment was
$7.5 million
and
$7.4 million
, respectively.
Interest Expense Incurred to SilverTowne
During the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, the Company incurred interest expense of
$3,000
and
$0
, respectively, related to its
$0.5 million
short-term note payable to SilverTowne, which is shown on the
consolidated
balance sheets as Note Payable - Related Party (see
Note 1
).
Income Tax Sharing Obligations
The amount receivable under the Company's income tax sharing obligation due from our Former Parent totaled
$0.0 million
, and
$0.2 million
as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
respectively, and is shown on the face of the
consolidated
balance sheets as Income taxes receivable from Former Parent (see
Note 12
).
Transaction with Affiliate Board Member
In February 2015, Logistics entered into various agreements with W. A. Richardson Builders, LLC ("WAR"), as amended, for the buildout of and improvements to the Las Vegas premises. A principal of WAR, which acted as general contractor for the project, is William A. Richardson, who holds a
50%
ownership interest in Silver Bow Ventures, LLC., a principal stockholder of the Company. In addition, the spouse of the Chairman of the Company’s Audit Committee is an owner and managing member of WAR. For the years ended
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, the Company paid
$12,000
and
$820,000
, respectively, for the construction work under the agreements; WAR received a fee equal to
5%
of such amounts.
66
|
14
.
|
FINANCING AGREEMENTS
|
Lines of Credit
The Company has an uncommitted demand revolving credit facility ("Trading Credit Facility”) provided to the Company by a syndicate of financial institutions, with Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A. ("Rabobank") acting as lead lender and administrative agent and Natixis, New York Branch acting as syndication agent. The Trading Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets on a first priority basis.
Currently, the Trading Credit Facility provides the Company with access up to
$275.0 million
, featuring a
$225.0 million
base with a
$50.0 million
accordion option, and is scheduled to mature on March 31, 2018. As of
June 30, 2017
, the Company incurred
$1.2 million
of loan costs in connection with the Trading Credit Facility, which was capitalized and is being amortized over the term of the Trading Credit Facility. As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, the remaining unamortized balance was approximately
$0.1 million
and
$0.6 million
, respectively.
The Company routinely uses the Trading Credit Facility to purchase precious metals from suppliers and for operating cash flow purposes. Amounts under the Trading Credit Facility bear interest based on London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a
2.50%
margin for revolving credit line loans and a
4.50%
margin for bridge loans (that is, for loans that exceed the available revolving credit line). The
one-month LIBOR
rate was approximately
1.17%
and
0.47%
as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, respectively. Borrowings are due on demand and totaled
$180.0 million
and
$212.0 million
at
June 30, 2017
and at
June 30, 2016
, respectively. The amounts available under the respective borrowing facilities are determined at the end of each week following a specified borrowing base formula. The Company is able to access additional credit as needed to finance operations, subject to the overall limits of the borrowing facilities and lender approval of the revised borrowing base calculation. Based on the latest approved borrowing bases in effect, the amounts available under the Trading Credit Facility after taking into account current borrowings, totaled
$45.6 million
and
$17.8 million
as determined on Friday
June 30, 2017
and on the Friday before
June 30, 2016
, respectively.
The Trading Credit Facility has certain restrictive financial covenants, including one requiring the Company to maintain a minimum tangible net worth and one restricting the Company's ability to make dividend payments. As of
June 30, 2017
the minimum tangible net worth financial covenant under the Trading Credit Facility was
$38.9 million
. Also, the Company has a covenant which limits annual dividend payments to
35%
of consolidated net income. The Company is in compliance with all restrictive financial covenants as of
June 30, 2017
.
Interest expense related to the Company’s lines of credit totaled
$6.4 million
and
$4.9 million
, which represents
63.6%
and
77.9%
of the total interest expense recognized, for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, respectively. Our lines of credit carried a daily weighted average effective interest rate of
3.18%
and
2.83%
, respectively, for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
.
Liability on Borrowed Metals
The Company borrows precious metals from its suppliers under short-term agreements with our suppliers. Amounts under these arrangements require delivery either in the form of precious metals or cash. The Company's inventories included borrowed metals with market values totaling
$5.6 million
and
$4.4 million
as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, respectively, with the corresponding liability on borrowed metals reflected on the
consolidated
balance sheets.
Product Financing Arrangements
The Company has agreements with financial institutions (third parties) that allows the Company to transfer its gold and silver inventory at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price with these third parties. Such agreements allow the Company to repurchase this inventory at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price on the repurchase date. The third party charges a monthly fee as percentage of the market value of the outstanding obligation; such monthly charges are classified in interest expense. These transactions do not qualify as sales, and therefore have been accounted for as financing arrangements and reflected in the
consolidated
balance sheet as product financing arrangements. The obligation is stated at the amount required to repurchase the outstanding inventory. Both the product financing obligation and the underlying inventory (which is entirely restricted) are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded as a component of cost of sales in the
consolidated
statements of income. Such obligation totaled
$135.3 million
and
$59.4 million
as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, respectively.
15
. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Leases
The Company leases approximately
9,000
square feet of office space in El Segundo, California at a cost of
$3.60
per square foot per month. The term of the lease is
9.0
years with annual increases in cost of
3%
. The term of this lease expires on
March 31, 2026
.
The Company leases approximately
17,600
square feet of warehouse space in Las Vegas, Nevada at a cost of approximately
$1.50
per square foot per month. The term of this lease is
5.0
years with increases in costs of
3.0%
per annum and expires on
April 30, 2020
.
67
Expenses related to leases were
$0.8 million
, and
$0.7 million
, respectively, for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
. Future minimum lease payments under the Company's lease arrangements with noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of
June 30, 2017
are as follows:
(in thousands)
|
Years ending June 30,
|
Operating
|
Capital
|
|||||||
|
2018
|
$
|
616
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|||
|
2019
|
751
|
|
10
|
|
|||||
|
2020
|
711
|
|
10
|
|
|||||
|
2021
|
427
|
|
10
|
|
|||||
|
2022
|
439
|
|
5
|
|
|||||
|
Thereafter
|
1,767
|
|
—
|
|
|||||
|
$
|
4,711
|
|
45
|
|
|||||
|
Less amounts representing interest
|
(3
|
)
|
|||||||
|
$
|
42
|
|
|||||||
Employment and Non-Compete Agreements
The Company has entered into employment agreements and non-compete and/or non-solicitation agreements with Greg Roberts, its CEO, and Thor Gjerdrum, its President, and expire in June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019, respectively. The employment agreements provide for minimum salary levels, incentive compensation and severance benefits, among other items.
Employee Benefit Plan
The Company maintains an employee savings plan for United States employees under the Internal Revenue Code section 401(k). Employees are eligible to participate in the plan after three complete calendar months of service and all contributions are immediately vested. Employees' contributions are discretionary to a maximum of
90%
of compensation. For all plan members, the Company contributes
30%
of the eligible employees' contributions on the first
60%
of the participants' compensation to the IRS maximum annual contribution. The Company's matching 401(k) contributions totaled
$0.1 million
and
$0.1 million
for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, respectively.
Litigation, Claims and Contingencies
In the ordinary course of our business, we are party to various legal actions, which we believe are incidental to the operation of our business. The outcome of such legal actions and the timing of ultimate resolution are inherently difficult to predict. In the opinion of management, based upon information currently available to us, any resulting liability, would not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, cash flows, or operations.
SGI IRS and State Tax Audits
The Former Parent finalized its appeals with the IRS for the years ended June 30, 2008 through 2013 on the consolidated returns, in which the Company was a member. The Company is under examination by the IRS for the year ended June 30, 2015. The Company is unable to determine the outcome of these audits at this time. The Company and its Former Parent are also under examination with other tax jurisdictions on certain tax matters the Company or its Former Parent have taken. The Company is unable to determine the outcome of these audits at this time. Please see
Note 12
for further detail.
In general, the majority of state and local examinations have been completed by the tax authorities for the respective jurisdictions through the years ended June 30, 2013. Further, some jurisdictions’ statute of limitations have expired for U.S. federal, state, and local income tax returns filed by the Former Parent for the years ended through June 30, 2012.
Operational Contingencies
In connection with the closing of the SilverTowne transaction (see
Note 1
), AMST entered into an exclusive distribution agreement with the Company with respect to the silver products produced by AMST which, among other things, set weekly minimum order quantities by A-Mark. The agreement has a
3
-year term, with two automatic
two
-year renewals (unless terminated prior thereto.) The Company was initially required to order no less than
300,000
ounces of silver products per week on average during any consecutive four week period during the term of the agreement; that amount was reduced in April 2017 to
235,000
ounces. The price paid per ounce is mutually determined by both parties, and is subject to adjustments every
six
months during the term.
Additionally, in connection with the SilverTowne transaction (see
Note 1
), AMST entered into an exclusive supplier agreement, dated August 31, 2016, with Asahi, whereby Asahi agreed to supply all of AMST's requirements for refined silver used for producing the silver products as to which A-Mark has the exclusive right to distribute. The term of the agreement was initially for
three
years, with two automatic
two
-year term renewals (unless terminated prior thereto.) Pricing under the agreement is subject to adjustments every
six
months.
68
A-Mark has also guaranteed AMST's obligations under its agreement with Asahi to lease
100,000
ounces of refined silver. The lease term is for
one
year with an automatic
one
year renewal (unless terminated prior thereto), and the lease fees are subject to adjustments every
six
months.
|
16
.
|
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
|
Payment of Dividends
In fiscal 2015, the Board of Directors of the Company initiated a cash dividend policy that calls for the payment of quarterly dividends. The table below summarizes the quarterly dividends declared pursuant to this policy:
|
Dividend
Declaration Date |
Record Date
(at close of Business)
|
Type of Dividend
|
Basis of Payment
|
Payment Date
|
||||||||
|
September 11, 2015
|
September 24, 2015
|
Cash
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
per common share
|
October 5, 2015
|
|||||
|
October 30, 2015
|
November 13, 2015
|
Cash
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
per common share
|
November 25, 2015
|
|||||
|
February 2, 2016
|
February 15, 2016
|
Cash
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
per common share
|
February 29, 2016
|
|||||
|
April 29, 2016
|
May 13, 2016
|
Cash
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
per common share
|
May 27, 2016
|
|||||
|
September 7, 2016
|
September 19, 2016
|
Cash
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
per common share
|
October 7, 2016
|
|||||
|
November 1, 2016
|
November 14, 2016
|
Cash
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
per common share
|
December 1, 2016
|
|||||
|
January 26, 2017
|
February 8, 2017
|
Cash
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
per common share
|
February 24, 2017
|
|||||
|
May 2, 2017
|
May 15, 2017
|
Cash
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
per common share
|
May 25, 2017
|
|||||
On
August 30, 2017
the Board of Directors of the Company declared a quarterly cash dividend of
$0.08
per common share to stockholders of record at the close of business on
September 18, 2017
, which is scheduled to be paid on or about
September 27, 2017
.
2014 Stock Award and Incentive Plan
Prior to the Distribution, the Company’s Board of Directors ("Board") adopted and the Company's then sole stockholder approved the 2014 Stock Award and Incentive Plan ("2014 Plan"), which was approved by the Company's stockholders in February 2015. Under the 2014 Plan, the Company may grant options and other equity awards as a means of attracting and retaining officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants, to provide incentives to such persons, and to align the interests of such persons with the interests of stockholders by providing compensation based on the value of the Company's stock. Awards under the 2014 Plan may be granted in the form of incentive or non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights ("SARs"), restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalent rights and other stock-based awards (which may include outright grants of shares). The 2014 Plan also authorizes grants of performance-based cash incentive awards, including awards qualifying under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m). The 2014 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, which, in its discretion, may select officers and other employees, directors (including non-employee directors) and consultants to the Company and its subsidiaries to receive grants of awards. The Board of Directors itself may perform any of the functions of the Compensation Committee under the 2014 Plan.
Under the 2014 Plan, the exercise price of options and base price of SARs, as set by the Compensation Committee, generally may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant, and the maximum term of stock options and SARs is
10 years
. The 2014 Plan limits the number of share-denominated awards that may be granted to any one eligible person to
250,000
shares in any fiscal year. Also, in the case of non-employee directors, the 2014 Plan limits the maximum grant-date fair value at
$300,000
of stock-denominated awards granted to a director in a given fiscal year, except for a non-employee Chairman of the Board whose grant-date fair value maximum is
$600,000
per fiscal year. The 2014 Plan will terminate when no shares remain available for issuance and no awards remain outstanding; however, the authority to grant new awards will terminate on December 13, 2022.
As of
June 30, 2017
,
103,800
shares were available for grant under the 2014 Plan.
Valuation and Significant Assumptions of Equity Awards Issued
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which uses various inputs such as the estimated common share price, the risk-free interest rate, volatility, expected life and dividend yield, all of which are estimates. The Company also records share-based compensation expense net of expected forfeitures. The significant assumptions for share-based compensation valuations are as follows:
|
•
|
Determining Fair Values.
For all equity grants granted, the primary factor in the valuation of equity awards was the fair value of the underlying common stock at the time of grant.
|
69
|
•
|
Expected Volatility.
The Company has limited data regarding company-specific historical or implied volatility of its share price. Consequently, the Company estimates its volatility based on the average of the historical volatilities of peer group companies from publicly available data for sequential periods approximately equal to the expected terms of its option grants. Management considers factors such as stage of life cycle, competitors, size, market capitalization and financial leverage in the selection of similar entities.
|
|
•
|
Expected Term.
The expected term represents the period of time in which the options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company estimates the expected term of options granted based on the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term under the “short-cut” or simplified method permitted by the SEC implementation guidance for “plain vanilla” options. The Company will continue to use the short-cut method, as permitted, until we have developed sufficient historical data for employee exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior after our common stock has been publicly traded for a reasonable period of time.
|
|
•
|
Forfeitures
. The Company estimates forfeitures at the time of grant and revises those estimates in subsequent periods if actual experience differs from those estimates. For the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, the Company estimated an average overall forfeiture rate of
0%
.
|
|
•
|
Risk-Free Rate.
The risk-free interest rate is selected based upon the implied yields in effect at the time of the option grant on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term approximately equal to the expected life of the option being valued.
|
|
•
|
Dividends.
The Company anticipates paying quarterly cash dividends of
$0.08
per outstanding share of common stock for the foreseeable future. The Company estimates dividend yield based upon expectations of future dividends as of the grant date.
|
The weighted-averages for key assumptions used in determining the fair value of options granted during the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
follows:
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
|||||
|
Average volatility
|
39.0
|
%
|
|
41.3
|
%
|
||
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
||
|
Weighted-average expected life in years
|
5.95
|
|
|
6.27
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated dividend quarterly yield rate
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
||
|
Estimated dividend annual yield rate
|
1.7
|
%
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
||
There are no awards with performance conditions nor awards with market conditions.
Stock Options
During the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, the Company incurred
$996,190
and
$357,889
of compensation expense related to stock options, respectively. As of
June 30, 2017
, there was total remaining compensation expense of
$2.2 million
related to employee stock options, which will be recorded over a weighted average period of approximately
2.4 years
.
The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the
year ended June 30, 2017
.
|
|
Options
|
Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share
|
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
|
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Award
|
|||||||||||||
|
Outstanding at June 30, 2016
|
581,527
|
|
$
|
17.55
|
|
$
|
1,466
|
|
$
|
6.32
|
|
||||||
|
Granted
|
168,000
|
|
$
|
19.17
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Cancellations, expirations and forfeitures
|
(8,200
|
)
|
$
|
19.98
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Outstanding at June 30, 2017
|
741,327
|
|
$
|
17.89
|
|
$
|
1,514
|
|
$
|
6.19
|
|
||||||
|
Exercisable at June 30, 2017
|
346,671
|
|
$
|
14.65
|
|
$
|
1,315
|
|
$
|
6.10
|
|
||||||
70
Following is a summary of the status of stock options outstanding at
June 30, 2017
:
|
Options Outstanding
|
Options Exercisable
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Exercise Price Ranges
|
Number of Shares Outstanding
|
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)
|
Weighted Average Exercise Price
|
Number of Shares Exercisable
|
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)
|
Weighted Average Exercise Price
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
From
|
To
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
10.00
|
|
134,239
|
|
5.35
|
$
|
8.39
|
|
110,267
|
|
5.36
|
$
|
8.40
|
|
|||||||
|
10.01
|
|
15.00
|
|
98,888
|
|
5.28
|
$
|
11.94
|
|
97,888
|
|
5.26
|
$
|
11.96
|
|
|||||||||
|
15.01
|
|
25.00
|
|
408,200
|
|
8.95
|
$
|
20.60
|
|
113,516
|
|
8.84
|
20.64
|
|
||||||||||
|
25.01
|
|
60.00
|
|
100,000
|
|
8.65
|
$
|
25.50
|
|
25,000
|
|
8.65
|
25.50
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
741,327
|
|
7.77
|
$
|
17.89
|
|
346,671
|
|
6.71
|
$
|
14.65
|
|
||||||||||||
Restricted Stock Units
During the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, the Company incurred
$0
and
$61,360
of compensation expense related to Restricted Stock Units ("RSUs"), respectively. There was no RSU activity during the
year ended June 30, 2017
, and there are
no
RSUs outstanding as
June 30, 2017
.
Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions
The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and by-laws contain certain anti-takeover provisions that could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, control of the Company without negotiating with its Board. Such provisions could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for the Company’s securities. Certain of such provisions provide for a Board with staggered terms, allow the Company to issue preferred stock with rights senior to those of the common stock, or impose various procedural and other requirements which could make it more difficult for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions.
17
. CUSTOMER AND SUPPLIER CONCENTRATIONS
Customer Concentration
Customers providing 10 percent or more of the Company's revenues for the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
are presented on a comparative basis in the table below:
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
|||||||||||||
|
Amount
|
Percent
|
Amount
|
Percent
|
||||||||||||
|
Total revenue
|
$
|
6,989,624
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
$
|
6,784,039
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|||||
|
Customer concentrations
|
|||||||||||||||
|
HSBC Bank USA
|
$
|
1,492,926
|
|
21.4
|
%
|
$
|
1,249,255
|
|
18.4
|
%
|
|||||
|
Mitsubishi Intl. Corp.
|
1,171,532
|
|
16.7
|
|
461,822
|
|
6.8
|
|
|||||||
|
$
|
2,664,458
|
|
38.1
|
%
|
$
|
1,711,077
|
|
25.2
|
%
|
||||||
Customers providing 10 percent or more of the Company's accounts receivable as of
June 30, 2017
are presented on a comparative basis in the table below:
|
in thousands
|
||||||||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
|||||||||||||
|
Amount
|
Percent
|
Amount
|
Percent
|
|||||||||||
|
Total accounts receivable, net
|
$
|
39,295
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
$
|
43,302
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
||||
|
Customer concentrations
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Customer A
|
$
|
27,072
|
|
68.9
|
%
|
$
|
—
|
|
—
|
%
|
||||
|
$
|
27,072
|
|
68.9
|
%
|
$
|
—
|
|
—
|
%
|
|||||
71
The loss of any of the above listed customers could have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Company.
Supplier Concentration
The Company buys precious metals from a variety of sources, including through brokers and dealers, from sovereign and private mints, from refiners and directly from customers. The Company believes that no one or small group of suppliers is critical to its business, since other sources of supply are available that provide similar products on comparable terms.
|
18
.
|
GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
|
Revenue are attributed to geographic location based on customer location. The Company's geographic operations are as follows:
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
|||||||
|
Revenue by geographic region:
|
|||||||||
|
United States
|
$
|
6,537,863
|
|
$
|
6,234,833
|
|
|||
|
Europe
|
260,489
|
|
212,243
|
|
|||||
|
North America, excluding United States
|
177,734
|
|
292,788
|
|
|||||
|
Asia Pacific
|
7,706
|
|
40,482
|
|
|||||
|
Africa
|
—
|
|
63
|
|
|||||
|
Australia
|
5,832
|
|
3,597
|
|
|||||
|
South America
|
—
|
|
33
|
|
|||||
|
Total revenue
|
$
|
6,989,624
|
|
$
|
6,784,039
|
|
|||
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
||||||||
|
Inventories by geographic region:
|
|||||||||
|
United States
|
$
|
276,809
|
|
$
|
224,617
|
|
|||
|
Europe
|
3,154
|
|
5,258
|
|
|||||
|
North America, excluding United States
|
4,310
|
|
12,691
|
|
|||||
|
Asia
|
386
|
|
2,491
|
|
|||||
|
Total inventories
|
$
|
284,659
|
|
$
|
245,057
|
|
|||
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
||||||||
|
Assets by geographic region:
|
|||||||||
|
United States
|
$
|
469,114
|
|
$
|
413,621
|
|
|||
|
Europe
|
4,690
|
|
8,344
|
|
|||||
|
North America, excluding United States
|
4,310
|
|
12,691
|
|
|||||
|
Asia
|
386
|
|
2,491
|
|
|||||
|
Total assets
|
$
|
478,500
|
|
$
|
437,147
|
|
|||
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
||||||||
|
Long-term assets by geographic region:
|
|||||||||
|
United States
|
$
|
31,423
|
|
$
|
18,824
|
|
|||
|
Europe
|
56
|
|
62
|
|
|||||
|
Total long-term assets
|
$
|
31,479
|
|
$
|
18,886
|
|
|||
72
|
19
.
|
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
|
Dividend Declaration
On
August 30, 2017
, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a quarterly cash dividend of
$0.08
per common share to stockholders of record at the close of business on
September 18, 2017
, which is scheduled to be paid on or about
September 27, 2017
.
Asset Acquisition and Financing
On August 28, 2017, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Goldline Acquisition Corp. (“GAC”), consummated the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Goldline, LLC (the “Seller), a direct retailer of precious metals to the investor community (the “Acquisition”), pursuant to the terms of an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”), dated August 14, 2017. The aggregate purchase price (the “Purchase Price”) for the Acquisition was approximately
$10.0 million
. The Purchase Price is subject to certain post-closing adjustments. In connection with the closing of the Acquisition, GAC entered into a privately placed credit facility in the amount of
$7.5 million
(the “GAC Credit Facility”) with various lenders, effective August 28, 2017. Borrowings under the GAC Credit Facility were used to finance a portion of the consideration payable pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.
GAC held back and deposited
$1,500,000
of the Purchase Price (the “Holdback Amount”) into escrow; this amount will serve as security for the Seller’s indemnification obligations under the Purchase Agreement. The Holdback Amount will be released as follows: (a) within five business days after the first anniversary of the closing date,
50%
of the Holdback Amount, less any deductions with respect to indemnification claims and any amounts in respect of any indemnification claims then in dispute, will be paid to the Seller; and (b) within five business days after the second anniversary of the closing date, the balance of the Holdback Amount, less any deductions with respect to indemnification claims and any amounts in respect of any indemnification claims then in dispute, will be paid to the Seller.
On the closing date, the Seller and GAC entered into a transition services agreement, pursuant to which GAC will provide reasonable assistance to the Seller (including access to records and services of transferring employees) for a period of two years following the closing date in connection with assisting the Seller’s continuing obligations for its retained liabilities that are not being assumed by GAC.
At the closing date, the Seller and the former CEO of the Seller also agreed that, for the period commencing on the closing date until the third anniversary thereof, neither they nor any of their affiliates will, directly or indirectly shall directly or indirectly own, manage, operate, join, control, participate in, invest in or otherwise provide assistance to, in any manner, any “competing business” (as defined.)
The GAC Credit Facility is secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the assets of GAC, and is guaranteed by the Company. Interest on the GAC Credit Facility is payable quarterly at the rate of
8.5%
per annum, and the lenders under the GAC Credit Facility are entitled to an additional payment at maturity equal to the greater of
3%
of the principal amount of the GAC Credit Facility and
10%
of cumulative
three
-year EBITDA of GAC in excess of
$10 million
, on a pro rata basis. The GAC Credit Facility has a
three
-year maturity. The obligations of GAC and the Company pursuant to the documentation governing the GAC Credit Facility are subordinated to the Company’s obligations under the Uncommitted Credit Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2016, as amended, among the Company, Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A. New York Branch, as administrative agent, and the lenders named therein (the “Uncommitted Credit Agreement”) including, among other subordination terms, that, the lenders under the GAC Credit Facility will be permitted to collect regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest, provided that no event of default is continuing under the Uncommitted Credit Agreement and the Company is in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants pursuant to the Uncommitted Credit Agreement.
73
None.
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based on the foregoing, our Certifying Officers concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this
Annual Report
.
Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Certifying Officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The financial statements were prepared by management, which is responsible for their integrity and objectivity and for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls over financial reporting.
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
|
i.
|
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect
the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; |
|
|
ii.
|
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and
|
|
|
iii.
|
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
|
|
There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurances with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal controls may vary over time.
Management assessed the design and effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of
June 30, 2017
. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in
Internal Control—Integrated Framework
("2013 framework"). Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of
June 30, 2017
based on criteria in
Internal Control –Integrated Framework
issued by the COSO.
Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the financial statements of the Company as of
June 30, 2017
. Under Rule 12b-2 and Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Company is not required to provide an attestation report from a registered public accounting firm of its internal control over financial reporting as of
June 30, 2017
.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
None.
74
Set forth below is information regarding the directors and executive officers of the Company as of
September 11, 2017
.
|
Name
|
Age
|
Position(s)
|
||
|
Gregory N. Roberts
|
55
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director
|
||
|
Thor G. Gjerdrum
|
50
|
President
|
||
|
Cary Dickson
|
60
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
||
|
Carol Meltzer
|
59
|
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
|
||
|
Jeffrey D. Benjamin
|
56
|
Chairman of the Board and Director
|
||
|
Joel R. Anderson
|
74
|
Director
|
||
|
Ellis Landau
|
73
|
Director
|
||
|
Beverely Lepine
|
65
|
Director
|
||
|
William Montgomery
|
57
|
Director
|
||
|
John U. Moorhead
|
65
|
Director
|
||
|
Jess M. Ravich
|
60
|
Director
|
||
GREGORY N. ROBERTS:
Chief Executive Officer and Director
Mr. Roberts has been Chief Executive Officer and a Director of A-Mark since July 2005. Mr. Roberts has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of SGI since March 2008. Mr. Roberts previously served as the President of SGI’s North American coin division, which included A-Mark. He is also a lifetime member of the American Numismatic Association. Through his day-to-day involvement in all aspects of the Company’s operations, Mr. Roberts provides a vital link between junior and senior management personnel and the general oversight and policy-setting responsibilities of the Board. Mr. Roberts is a director of SGI (serving as such since 2000). Mr. Roberts also serves as Chief Executive Officer of SGI.
Mr. Roberts brings to the Board expertise in numismatics and trading, extensive knowledge of the precious metals industry and, in his role as Chief Executive Officer, in-depth knowledge of the Company and its business.
THOR G. GJERDRUM:
President
Mr. Gjerdrum was appointed as President on September 7, 2016. Mr. Gjerdrum served as A-Mark’s Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since July 1, 2013 and as our Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President from 2002 to May 2008 and from May 2010 to June 30, 2013. Mr. Gjerdrum was Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of SGI from June 2008 to April 2010. Previously, Mr. Gjerdrum held a variety of positions with two publicly traded telecommunications companies, the last of which was as Vice President of Finance, and worked in public accounting. Mr. Gjerdrum received a Bachelor of Science degree in accounting from Santa Clara University.
CARY DICKSON:
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Mr. Dickson was appointed as Chief Financial Officer on November 9, 2015. Mr. Dickson served in a variety of executive capacities for Mattel Toys from 2002 to 2014, including as Vice President of Finance from 2011 to 2014, and as Chief Financial Officer of Mattel Foundation from 2005 to 2014. Mr. Dickson also served as Vice President of Corporate Responsibility Audit, VP of Internal Audit and Vice President of Tax for Mattel Toys from 2002 to 2011. Prior to Mattel, Mr. Dickson served as a Senior Vice President at Fox Family Worldwide, Inc., and held positions with The Walt Disney Company and Pricewaterhouse. Mr. Dickson, a Certified Public Accountant, holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Marketing from Southern Illinois University and a Masters of Taxation degree from the University of Denver School of Law.
75
CAROL MELTZER
: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Ms. Meltzer has served as our General Counsel, Secretary and Executive Vice President since March 2014, assuming those offices at the time of the spinoff. She served as General Counsel, Secretary and Executive Vice President of SGI and its predecessor companies since 2006, and served in a variety of legal capacities for SGI since 1996. Ms. Meltzer previously practiced law at Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP and Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP. Ms. Meltzer received B.A. and J.D. degrees from the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. Ms. Meltzer also serves as General Counsel and Executive Vice President of SGI and serves as a director of SGI.
JEFFREY D. BENJAMIN
: Chairman of the Board and Director
Mr. Benjamin has served as Chairman of the Board and a Director since March 2014. Mr. Benjamin has been a Senior Advisor to Cyrus Capital Partners, L.P. since 2008, where he assists with distressed investments. Mr. Benjamin also serves as a consultant to Apollo Management, L.P., a private investment fund, and from September 2002 to June 2008, Mr. Benjamin served as a senior advisor to Apollo Management, where he was responsible for a variety of investments in private equity, high yield and distressed securities. Mr. Benjamin served as non-Executive Chairman of the Board of SGI from 2012 until March 2014 and as a director of SGI from 2009 until March 2014. He is also a member of the boards of directors of American Airlines Group, Inc., Caesars Entertainment Corporation and Chemtura Corporation. Mr. Benjamin is a trustee of the American Numismatic Society and has had a long-standing personal interest in coin collecting. Mr. Benjamin holds an MBA from the Sloan School of Management at M.I.T. and a BA from Tufts University.
With his financial and business background and service as a public company director, including service with SGI when A-Mark was a subsidiary, and his personal involvement in numismatics, Mr. Benjamin contributes to the Board in matters of corporate finance, governance, business development and industry strategy.
JOEL R. ANDERSON
: Director
Mr. Anderson has served as a Director since March 2014. Mr. Anderson retired as the Chairman and Director of Anderson Media Corporation, the country’s largest distributor and merchandiser of pre-recorded music and a major distributor of books, and Anderson Press, a major publisher of children's books and associated products. Mr. Anderson continues to serve in various capacities for a number of affiliated companies. Mr. Anderson is a principal of Stack's LLC, SGI’s joint venture partner in Stack’s Bowers Galleries, a rare coin and currency auction house. Mr. Anderson served as a director of SGI from 2012 through March 2014. Mr. Anderson has been a member of the Board of Trustees of the American Numismatic Society since 2006 and serves on its nominating and governance committee. He is also a lifetime member of the American Numismatic Association. Mr. Anderson studied at the University of North Alabama.
Mr. Anderson’s extensive business experience, combined with his personal interest and expertise in numismatics, provide the Board with insight and guidance in matters of business planning and growth strategy.
ELLIS LANDAU
: Director
Mr. Landau has served as a Director since March 2014, and serves as Chairman of the Audit Committee and a member of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Landau serves as a member of the Board of Managers of Accuity Delivery Systems, LLC, a rapidly growing early stage medical service company. He is a member of its executive committee and serves as chairman of its audit committee. In 2006, Mr. Landau retired as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Boyd Gaming Corporation (NYSE: BYD), a position he held since he joined the company in 1990. Mr. Landau previously worked for Ramada Inc., later known as Aztar Corporation, where he served as Vice President and Treasurer, as well as U-Haul International in Phoenix and the Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington, D.C. Mr. Landau served as a director of SGI from 2012 until March 2014. From 2007 to 2011, Mr. Landau was a member of the Board of Directors of Pinnacle Entertainment, Inc. (NYSE:PNK), a leading gaming company, where he served as chairman of the audit committee and as a member of its nominating and governance committee and its compliance committee. Mr. Landau received his Bachelor of Arts in economics from Brandeis University and his M.B.A. in finance from Columbia University Business School.
Mr. Landau brings to the Board substantial finance, accounting and corporate governance experience, including the experience and ability to serve as the Chairman of the Audit Committee.
BEVERLEY LEPINE:
Director
Ms. Lepine has served a Director since February 2015, and serves as a member of the Audit Committee. Ms. Lepine retired as Chief Operating Officer from the Royal Canadian Mint, a Canadian Federal Crown Corporation, after 27 years in various positions, including Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Manufacturing. Prior to joining the Royal Canadian Mint, Ms. Lepine worked from 1980 until1987 for the Treasury Board Secretariat of the Government of Canada and Via Rail Canada. Upon graduating with a Bachelor's degree in Business Administration from Bishop's University in 1974, Ms. Lepine worked for Clarkson
76
Gordon from 1974 until1980 where she obtained her Chartered Professional Accountant ("CPA") designation in 1978. She obtained her Institute of Corporate Directors Certificate (ICD.D) in 2011. Ms. Lepine was Chair of the Board of Bruyere Continuing Care, a chronic continuing care hospital in Ottawa from 2008-2010 and is currently Treasurer and member of the Board of the Pallium Foundation.
Ms. Lepine's extensive knowledge of the worldwide minting and coinage industries provide the Board with insight and guidance in matters of business planning and growth strategy. She also brings a strong background in finance and accounting to bear as a member of the Audit Committee and as a director.
WILLIAM MONTGOMERY
: Director
Mr. Montgomery has served as a Director since March 2014. Mr. Montgomery is a private investor with a focus on equities and real estate. He was Executive Vice President in charge of principal investments for Libra Securities from 1999-2000. Previously, he was a Managing Director at Salomon Brothers Inc., where he was a member of the fixed income arbitrage group with responsibility for proprietary investments in high yield securities, a distressed debt trader and a member of the investment banking group. Mr. Montgomery served as a director of SGI from 2012 until March 2014. He is a graduate of the University of Virginia and the Columbia University School of Law.
Mr. Montgomery brings to the Board expertise in investments, finance and capital markets, which the Company believes is particularly important as it seeks to grow its market presence.
JOHN U. (“JAY”) MOORHEAD
: Director
Mr. Moorhead has served as a Director since March 2014, and serves as Chairman of our Compensation Committee. He has been a managing director of Global Power Partners, an investment banking firm, since August 2015. Prior to that, he was a Managing Director at Ewing Bemiss & Co. from 2009 through July 2015, and served in the same capacity at Westwood Capital from 2005 until 2009 and at MillRock Partners from 2003 until 2005. From 2001 to 2003, Mr. Moorhead was a corporate finance partner at C.E. Unterberg, Towbin. Mr. Moorhead served as a director of SGI from 2012 until March 2014. Mr. Moorhead received his B.A. degree from the University of Vermont, and attended the Program for Management Development at Harvard Business School.
Mr. Moorhead brings to the Board expertise in corporate finance and valuable perspectives on public company growth and global competition. Mr. Moorhead also has experience in the area of executive compensation, which gives him the experience and ability to serve as Chairman of our Compensation Committee.
JESS M. RAVICH
: Director
Mr. Ravich has served as a Director since March 2014. Mr. Ravich is group managing director and head of alternative products for The TCW Group, Inc., an international asset-management firm, which he joined in 2012. Prior to joining The TCW Group, Mr. Ravich served as managing director and head of capital markets of Houlihan, Lokey, Howard & Zukin, Inc., an international investment bank. From 1991 through November 2009, Mr. Ravich founded and served as chief executive officer of Libra Securities LLC, an investment banking firm serving the middle market. Prior to founding Libra, Mr. Ravich was an executive vice president of the fixed income department at Jefferies & Company, a Los Angeles-based brokerage firm, and a senior vice president at Drexel Burnham Lambert, where he was also a member of the executive committee of the high yield group. Mr. Ravich served as a director of SGI from 2009 until March 2014. He also serves on the Board of Directors of The Cherokee Group, Inc. (NASDAQ: CHKE), and as Executive Chairman and Chairman of the Board of ALJ Regional Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: ALJJ).
Mr. Ravich is a graduate of the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and Harvard Law School, where he was an editor of the Harvard Law Review.
With his extensive background in investment banking and the financial markets, Mr. Ravich provides Board leadership in matters of strategic development and business initiatives, including potential growth through acquisitions.
77
Board Structure; Independence
Our Board of Directors currently consists of eight directors.
The Board of Directors has determined that the following directors qualify as independent directors under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market and the independence standards set forth in our Corporate Governance Guidelines: Messrs. Anderson, Benjamin, Landau, Montgomery, Moorhead and Ravich, and Ms. Lepine. You can find our Corporate Governance Guidelines on A-Mark's internet website, at www.amark.com (click on "investor relations" at the bottom of that page). The Board of Directors is not classified, so that all director seats will be for election at each annual meeting of our shareholders. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
You can find our corporate governance documents identified below on A-Mark's internet website, at www.amark.com (click on "Investor Relations" at the bottom of the page then click on "Governance Policies").
Committees of the Board
Our Board has established an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
Audit Committee
The duties and responsibilities of the Audit Committee are set forth in its written charter, available on our website, www.amark.com, and include the following:
|
•
|
to oversee the quality and integrity of our financial statements and our accounting and financial reporting processes;
|
|
•
|
to prepare the audit committee report required by the SEC in our annual proxy statements;
|
|
•
|
to review and discuss with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements;
|
|
•
|
to review and discuss with management our earnings press releases;
|
|
•
|
to appoint, compensate and oversee our independent registered public accounting firm, and pre-approve all auditing services and non- audit services to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm;
|
|
•
|
to review the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm; and
|
|
•
|
to establish procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.
|
The members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Landau (Chairman), Montgomery, Moorhead and Ravich, and Ms.
Lepine. Each of the members is an independent director, as defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market and our Corporate Governance Guidelines, and meets the criteria for independence under Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise satisfies the conditions of The NASDAQ Stock Market rules for audit committee membership, including the financial literacy requirements. In addition, Mr. Landau qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert," in compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market.
Compensation Committee
The duties and responsibilities of the Compensation Committee are set forth in its written charter, available on our website, www.amark.com, and include the following:
|
•
|
to determine, or recommend for determination by our board of directors, the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers;
|
|
•
|
to establish, review and consider employee compensation policies and procedures;
|
|
•
|
to review and approve, or recommend to our board of directors for approval, any employment contracts or similar arrangement between the company and any executive officer of the company;
|
|
•
|
to review and discuss with management the Company’s compensation policies and practices and management’s assessment of whether any risks arising from such policies and practices are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company;
|
|
•
|
to review, monitor, and make recommendations concerning incentive compensation plans, including the use of stock options and other equity-based plans; and
|
78
|
•
|
to appoint, compensate and oversee any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion;
|
The members of the Compensation Committee are Messrs. Moorhead (Chairman), Landau and Ravich. Each of the members of the Compensation Committee is an independent director, as defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market and our Corporate Governance Guidelines, and otherwise satisfies the conditions of The NASDAQ Stock Market rules for compensation committee membership.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
The duties and responsibilities of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee set forth in its written charter, available on our website, www.amark.com, and include the following:
|
•
|
to recommend to our board of directors proposed nominees for election to the board of directors by the shareholders at annual meetings, including an annual review as to the renominations of incumbents and proposed nominees for election by the board of directors to fill vacancies that occur between shareholder meetings;
|
|
•
|
to make recommendations to the board of directors regarding corporate governance matters and practices; and
|
|
•
|
to recommend members for each committee of the board of directors.
|
The members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Messrs. Ravich (Chairman), Montgomery and Moorhead and Ms. Lepine. Each of the members is an independent director, as defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market and our Corporate Governance Guidelines.
Code of Ethics
Our board of directors has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other senior officers, in accordance with applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market. Our code of ethics is available on our website, www.amark.com.
Corporate Governance Guidelines
Our Board of Directors has adopted our Corporate Governance Guidelines that sets forth our policies and procedures relating to corporate governance effective as of the distribution. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines is available on our website, www.amark.com.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company's directors and executive officers, and persons owning more than 10% of a registered class of the Company's equity securities, to file with the SEC reports of their ownership of, and transactions in, the Company's common stock or other Company equity securities. To the Company's knowledge, based solely on a review of copies of such reports furnished to the Company and representations of directors and executive officers, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, all of such persons were in compliance with the applicable Section 16(a) reporting requirements, except Form 4s for two executive officers (Mr. Dickson and Ms. Meltzer) were inadvertently filed late to report a stock option grant to each of them.
79
The table below sets forth the compensation of the Company's named executive officers ("NEOs") for
fiscal 2017 and 2016
.
|
Summary Compensation Table - Fiscal 2017 and 2016
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Name and Principal Position
|
Year
|
Salary
(1)
($)
|
Bonus($)
|
Stock Awards
($)
|
Option Awards
(2)
($)
|
Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Compensation
(3)
($)
|
All Other
Compensation
(4)
($)
|
Total
($)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
(a)
|
(b)
|
(c)
|
(d)
|
(e)
|
(f)
|
(g)
|
(h)
|
(i)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gregory Roberts
|
2017
|
$
|
520,000
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
459,924
|
|
$
|
24,146
|
|
$
|
1,004,070
|
|
||||||||
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director
|
2016
|
$
|
525,000
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
1,941,283
|
|
$
|
1,489,122
|
|
$
|
27,639
|
|
$
|
3,983,044
|
|
||||||||
|
Thor Gjerdrum
|
2017
|
$
|
450,000
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
532,836
|
|
$
|
311,063
|
|
$
|
14,595
|
|
$
|
1,308,494
|
|
||||||||
|
President
|
2016
|
$
|
424,000
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
373,001
|
|
$
|
5,534
|
|
$
|
802,535
|
|
||||||||
|
Cary Dickson
|
2017
|
$
|
250,000
|
|
$
|
75,000
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
96,159
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
6,888
|
|
$
|
428,047
|
|
||||||||
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
2016
|
$
|
250,000
|
|
$
|
75,000
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
313
|
|
$
|
325,313
|
|
||||||||
|
David W. G. Madge
|
2017
|
$
|
430,000
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
96,159
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
27,873
|
|
$
|
654,032
|
|
||||||||
|
Chief Marketing Officer
|
2016
|
$
|
430,000
|
|
$
|
265,000
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
30,768
|
|
$
|
725,768
|
|
||||||||
|
_________________________________
|
|||
|
(1)
|
Salary amounts represent salary paid for services performed in the fiscal year. Salary payments received may vary due to the timing of pay periods that start in one fiscal year and end in the next.
|
||
|
(2)
|
The value of the option awards shown in this column for fiscal 2017 is the amount of the grant-date fair value, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The valuation assumptions used for determining the fair value of stock options granted during fiscal 2017 is summarized in Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements, included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017. The value of stock options granted to Messrs. Roberts and Gjerdrum in September 2017, in partial payment of their annual incentive awards for fiscal 2017 performance, is included as fiscal 2017 Non-equity Incentive Plan Compensation (column (g)).
|
||
|
(3)
|
Awards in this column for fiscal 2017 resulted from performance-based bonus opportunities granted to the CEO and President, which constituted non-equity incentive plan awards. The fiscal 2017 award paid to the CEO includes a portion, valued at $89,924, paid by issuance of a non-qualified stock option to purchase 17,647 shares of Company common stock. The fiscal 2017 award paid to the President includes a portion, valued at $41,063, paid by issuance of a non-qualified stock option to purchase 8,058 shares of Company common stock. These options were granted on September 8, 2017. Non-equity incentive plan compensation for these NEOs is described in greater detail below in “Narrative Discussion of Executive Compensation.”
|
||
|
(4)
|
Amounts in this column, for fiscal 2017, are as follows:
•
Mr. Roberts received $9,000 as a car allowance, $4,761 as a 401(k) matching contribution and $10,385 as a cash payment in lieu of vacation time.
•
Mr. Gjerdrum received $9,000 as a car allowance and $5,595 as a 401(k) matching contribution.
•
Mr. Dickson received $6,888 as a 401(k) matching contribution.
•
Mr. Madge received $7,200 as a 401(k) matching contribution and $20,673 as a cash payment in lieu of vacation time.
|
||
80
|
Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year-End - Fiscal 2017
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Options Awards
(1)
|
Stock Awards
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Name
|
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable
(1)
|
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable
|
Option
Exercise
Price
($)
|
Option
Expiration
Date
|
Number of Shares
or Units of Stock
That Have Not
Vested
(#)
|
Market Value of Shares or
Units of Stock That Have Not Vested
($)
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
Gregory N. Roberts
|
23,972
|
|
—
|
|
14.61
|
|
2023-02-15
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
||||||||||||
|
23,972
|
|
—
|
|
12.52
|
|
2023-02-15
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
23,972
|
|
—
|
|
10.43
|
|
2023-02-15
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
25,000
|
|
75,000
|
|
(2)
|
23.80
|
|
2026-02-19
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
||||||||||||
|
25,000
|
|
75,000
|
|
(2)
|
25.50
|
|
2026-02-19
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
||||||||||||
|
33,333
|
|
66,667
|
|
(3)
|
19.80
|
|
2026-02-19
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Cary Dickson
|
—
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
(4)
|
|
19.10
|
|
|
2027-01-26
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
||||||
|
Thor Gjerdrum
|
11,111
|
|
|
22,222
|
|
(5)
|
|
17.67
|
|
|
2026-09-07
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
||||||
|
22,222
|
|
44,445
|
|
(5)
|
20.00
|
|
2026-09-07
|
||||||||||||||||
|
David W.G. Madge
|
—
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
(4)
|
|
19.10
|
|
|
2027-01-26
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
||||||
|
_________________________________
|
|||
|
(1)
|
All options in this column were fully vested and exercisable at June 30, 2017.
|
||
|
(2)
|
These as-yet unexercisable options, granted February 19, 2016, vest and become exercisable as to one-third of the underlying shares on June 30 of 2017, 2018 and 2019.
|
||
|
(3)
|
These as-yet unexercisable options, granted February 19, 2016, vest and become exercisable as to one-half of the underlying shares on June 30 of 2018 and 2019.
|
||
|
(4)
|
These options, granted January 26, 2017, vest and become exercisable as to one-third of the underlying shares on January 26 of 2018, 2019 and 2020.
|
||
|
(5)
|
These as-yet unexercisable options, granted September 7, 2016, vest and become exercisable as to one-half of the underlying shares on June 30 of 2018 and 2019.
|
||
Narrative Discussion of Executive Compensation
In fiscal 2017 and 2016, Mr. Roberts, our CEO, was employed by A-Mark and all compensation was paid by A-Mark. During that time, Mr. Roberts also provided services to SGI as its Chief Executive Officer, President and a Director of SGI. In fiscal 2016, under the Secondment Agreement between A-Mark and SGI, SGI paid A-Mark for the services of Mr. Roberts, which amounts were in turn paid to Mr. Roberts (and therefore are reflected in his compensation for fiscal 2016). The Secondment Agreement expired at the end of fiscal 2016, and therefore in fiscal 2017 no amounts were paid by SGI to A-Mark as compensation for Mr. Roberts' services, and compensation paid by A-Mark to Mr. Roberts was solely for his services to A-Mark. Since March 2014, SGI has been a business entity separate from A-Mark, and SGI's financial results have had no effect on A-Mark apart from the Secondment Agreement. Messrs. Gjerdrum, Dickson and Madge were employed and compensated directly by A-Mark and its subsidiaries during fiscal 2017 and 2016 for their full-time service to A-Mark.
The Compensation Committee's approach to executive compensation has focused on providing total cash compensation at levels sufficient to attract and retain senior-level executives within our industry. Performance-based annual incentive awards, as part of the cash compensation opportunity, are a key element of the compensation of Mr. Roberts, our CEO, and Mr. Gjerdrum, our President. These are the NEOs who are most directly responsible for our business results. The Committee generally has not authorized grants of equity awards to NEOs as part of annual compensation, but, in connection with A-Mark entering into a new employment agreement with Mr. Roberts in February 2016 and with Mr. Gjerdrum in September 2017, granted stock options to those NEOs upon execution of the employment agreements (as further described below). The Committee also approved stock option grants to Mr. Dickson and Mr. Madge in fiscal 2017, as long-term equity compensation. In addition, for fiscal 2016 and 2017, the Committee determined to pay a portion of annual incentive awards through grants of equity awards (granted shortly after the end of the fiscal year), with the agreement of the affected executive officer. Equity awards granted by SGI before the March 2014 spin-off of A-Mark by SGI were, at that time, assumed and adjusted to become equity awards of A-Mark. The
81
Committee may consider granting equity-based compensation in the future to serve as additional incentive that is aligned with the interests of stockholders and to promote retention of the executive and long-term service.
New Employment Agreements
We have chosen to formalize significant terms of employment of some of our NEOs by entering into employment agreements with them. This practice has helped us to attract and retain key executives and employees. In our financial services industry, there is a high degree of competition for talented executives and employees. Hiring often involves substantial negotiations regarding employment terms, which generally must be reflected in an employment agreement. Employment agreements offer us several advantages, particularly by fixing employment terms for specified time periods and thereby limiting renegotiations, and also by including provisions for the protection of our business.
During fiscal 2017, Mr. Roberts’ employment was governed by an employment agreement we entered into with him on February 19, 2016, providing for an employment term extending until June 30, 2020. During fiscal 2017, Mr. Gjerdrum’s employment was governed by an employment agreement we entered into with him on September 7, 2016, providing for an employment term extending until June 30, 2019. Mr. Dickson, our Chief Financial Officer, and Mr. Madge, our Chief Marketing Officer, is employed without an employment agreement.
Significant changes included in our CEO's new employment agreement are as follows:
|
•
|
The CEO is employed in that capacity from July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2020.
|
|
•
|
The CEO is permitted to continue to serve in executive capacities at SGI, for up to 20% of his working time. As noted above, the Secondment Agreement between A-Mark and SGI, under which the CEO’s services were provided to SGI in fiscal 2016 and 2015, ended on June 30, 2016.
|
|
•
|
A-Mark agreed to pay salary to the CEO in fiscal 2017, assuming he devotes 80% or more of his working time to A-Mark (but less than all of his working time due to service to SGI), at an annual rate of $520,000.
|
|
•
|
The CEO will have, in fiscal 2017 and the subsequent years of the employment term, an annual incentive opportunity to earn an amount equal to 100% of salary by achieving target performance, and with the opportunity to earn 80% of salary at threshold performance levels and up to 150% of salary for above-target performance levels.
|
|
•
|
The agreement provides for salary increases (with target annual incentive at 100% of salary) to $540,000 for fiscal 2018 and to $560,000 for fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020. In addition, the CEO’s salary level will be adjusted upward by 25% at such time as he ceases to provide services to SGI and devotes 100% of his working time to A-Mark.
|
|
•
|
Performance goals for the annual incentive will be based 75% on achievement of annual goals tied to the level of pre-tax profits (as defined) and 25% based on achievement of other qualitative and quantitative goals as determined by the Compensation Committee each year. The annual incentive award will permit the A-Mark compensation committee to exercise discretion in determining the final payout in certain cases, but only if a “gate-keeper” performance goal is met so that the award potentially can qualify for tax deductibility under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m).
|
|
•
|
Upon the CEO signing the new employment agreement in February 2016, we granted to him stock options covering 300,000 shares of A-Mark common stock. The options are non-qualified stock options with a maximum term of ten years. One-third of the stock options have an exercise price of $19.80 per share, the closing price on February 19, 2016. These options will vest 33.3% at the end of fiscal 2017 and for each completed fiscal year thereafter, subject to accelerated vesting in specified circumstances. Two-thirds of the stock options have premium prices, with options for 100,000 shares exercisable at $23.80 and options for 100,000 shares exercisable at $25.50. The premium-priced options vest 25% for each completed fiscal year of employment, beginning with fiscal 2017, subject to accelerated vesting in specified circumstances.
|
|
•
|
Benefits under the new agreement are similar to those under the former employment agreement, except that A-Mark will reimburse the CEO for the cost of term life insurance based on the cost of a five-year, $1 million policy. A provision in the former employment agreement providing for a severance payment upon death is eliminated in the new employment agreement.
|
|
•
|
Payments and benefits upon termination of employment are similar to those provided under the old agreement, except that severance payable upon a termination by A-Mark not for Cause or termination by the CEO for Good Reason will be governed by a new, initially lower payment formula. The new formula provides for a lump sum severance payment equal to the annualized level of salary paid from July 1, 2016 (that is, paid under the new agreement) plus the average annual incentive paid for fiscal years under the new agreement, but in any case not less than $1 million. Termination provisions of the new agreement are discussed in greater detail below.
|
Except as described in the bulleted points above, the new employment agreement carries over the substantive terms of the prior employment agreement.
82
On September 7, 2016, our Board appointed Thor Gjerdrum to the position of President. At that time, our Board also appointed David Madge, who had served as our President since 2011, to the position of Chief Marketing Officer. The Chief Marketing Officer position is not an executive officer.
In connection with the promotion of Mr. Gjerdrum, we entered into a new employment agreement with him, replacing his previous employment agreement that had expired on June 30, 2016. The new employment agreement, effective as of July 1, 2016, contains the following key terms:
|
•
|
The term of the agreement extends from July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2019, with the appointment to the office of President effective at September 7, 2016.
|
|
•
|
First year salary will be $450,000, with annual increases of $25,000 in each of the second and third years.
|
|
•
|
The President had in fiscal 2017 and will have in the remaining years of the term an annual incentive opportunity to earn an amount equal to 75% of salary by achieving target performance, with the Compensation Committee permitted to pay lesser amounts for achievement of specified threshold performance levels and greater amounts, up to 125% of the target amounts, for above-target performance levels.
|
|
•
|
Performance goals for the annual incentive are to be based 50% on achievement of annual goals tied to the level of pre-tax profits (as defined) and 50% based on achievement of other qualitative and quantitative goals as determined by the Compensation Committee each year. The annual incentive award permits the Compensation Committee to exercise discretion in determining the final payout in certain cases, but only if a “gate-keeper” performance goal is met so that the award potentially can qualify for tax deductibility under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m).
|
|
•
|
Under the new agreement, upon signing, the President was granted stock options covering 100,000 shares of A-Mark common stock. The options are non-qualified stock options with a maximum term of ten years. One-third of the stock options will be exercisable at $17.67 per share (the closing price per-share on the grant date). Two-thirds of the stock options have a premium exercise price of $20.00 per share. The options will vest 33.3% for each completed fiscal year of employment, subject to accelerated vesting in specified circumstances.
|
|
•
|
Benefits under the new agreement will be similar to those under Mr. Gjerdrum’s previous employment agreement.
|
|
•
|
Payments and benefits upon termination of employment are similar to those provided under the previous employment agreement. Severance payable upon a termination by A-Mark not for Cause or termination by the President for Good Reason will be one year of salary continuation. Termination provisions of the new agreement are discussed in greater detail below.
|
Fiscal 2017 Annual Incentive Awards
As stated above, for fiscal 2017 our CEO and President had the opportunity to earn a performance bonus based on achievement of a pre-specified level of pre-tax profit of A-Mark and other performance goals. Such performance bonuses are intended to provide performance-based cash compensation that rewards those NEOs for their contribution to our financial performance. We view pre-tax profit as a key financial metric for purposes of our business planning, and one that does not distort the incentives to management or promote undue risk and that substantially reflects the quality of the execution of our business plan by our management team.
As discussed above, for fiscal 2017 the performance goals for the annual incentive were based, for the CEO, 75% on the level of pre-tax profits and 25% on achievement of other goals and, for the President, 50% on the level of pre-tax profits and 50% on the achievement of other goals. The target payout level for the CEO was 100% of base salary and for the President was 75% of base salary. The annual incentive could be earned in a range tied to the level of performance, ranging from 80% to 150% of the target payout in the case of the CEO and from 75% to 125% of the target payout in the case of the President.
For purposes of the annual incentive awards, “pre-tax profits” was defined as A-Mark’s net income, as determined under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles or GAAP, for the fiscal year, adjusted to eliminate the positive or negative effects of income taxes (in accordance with GAAP), but with no adjustment relating to foreign currency exchange.
Other terms of the annual incentives were as follows:
|
•
|
The target level of A-Mark pre-tax profits for the CEO was approximately $12.748 million, and for the President was approximately $12.637 million.
|
83
The other fiscal 2017 goals for the CEO were:
|
•
|
Increasing, year-over-year, the contribution to A-Mark revenues from our joint ventures and acquisitions completed in fiscal 2016 and 2017, and adding in fiscal 2017 at least three material counterparties to our customer base as a result of such joint ventures and acquisitions (weighted 15%);
|
|
•
|
Reducing our selling, general and administrative expenses as compared to fiscal 2016 (weighted 5%); and
|
|
•
|
Achieving a positive operating income for our logistics business unit (weighted 5%).
|
The other fiscal 2017 goals for the President were:
|
•
|
Successful completion of an acquisition (weighted 15%);
|
|
•
|
Reducing our selling, general and administrative expenses as compared to fiscal 2016 (weighted 10%);
|
|
•
|
Securing substantial alternative financing for our financing subsidiary (weighted 15%); and
|
|
•
|
Successfully launch new accounting software (weighted 10%)
|
Any payout of the annual incentives based on achievement of the other goals remained subject to the requirement that A-Mark earn a positive level of pre-tax profits for fiscal 2017.
For fiscal 2017, the annual incentive amounts earned by our CEO and President under the applicable pre-set performance formulas were as follows:
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
Earned Annual
Incentive
Fiscal 2017
|
||||
|
Gregory N. Roberts
|
|
$
|
459,924
|
|||
|
Thor Gjerdrum
|
|
$
|
311,063
|
|||
A-Mark earned fiscal 2017 GAAP net income before provision for income taxes of $10.785 million. This amount exceeded the threshold level of pre-tax profits specified for the CEO and President to earn a below-target payout for the pre-tax profits portion of their annual incentive awards, but fell short of the target level. For the portion of the annual incentive based on achievement of other goals unrelated to pre-tax profits, each executive reached or exceeded the performance objective for all but one of their respective goals. The resulting payouts represented, for the CEO and President, 88.4% and 92.2% respectively of their target annual incentive awards.
In the case of the fiscal 2017 annual incentives for the CEO and the President, the Compensation Committee, with the concurrence of each executive, determined to pay a portion of the award by means of a grant of an equity award, in the form of non-qualified stock options. The CEO was granted 17,647 stock options valued at $89,924 and the President was granted 8,058 stock options valued at $41,063. For this purpose, the stock options were valued at an amount based on their fair value, determined using the Black-Scholes valuation methodology and assumptions consistent with our valuation of options for financial reporting purposes. The stock options have an exercise price of $17.86 per share, the closing price of A-Mark common stock on the grant date. The stock options are fully vested, meaning that no future service is required as a condition of the grant, and have a stated term of ten years subject to earlier termination in specified cases. The balance of the CEO's and President’s annual incentive awards were paid in cash (less tax withholdings).
As in past years, the Committee awarded discretionary bonuses to certain officers, including Mr. Dickson and Mr. Madge, for fiscal 2017 performance. In determining to award these discretionary bonuses, the Committee considered the satisfactory overall performance of Mr. Dickson and Mr. Madge and the contribution of each to our success in fiscal 2017. The bonus amounts awarded (as set forth in the Summary Compensation Table above) were viewed by the Committee as appropriate and aligned with our operating results.
Additional Information on Termination and Other Employment Terms
The employment agreements of our CEO and COO in effect in fiscal 2017 provide for certain payments and benefits in the event of termination of the executive due to death, total disability, by the employer not for cause or by the executive for “Good Reason.” In addition, the terms of an executive’s equity awards may be affected by a termination of employment.
84
Under those employment agreements, severance payments to the executive are payable if, during the term of the employment agreement, the executive’s employment is terminated by us without cause or is terminated by the executive for “Good Reason.” Severance for such a termination in fiscal 2017 would have been payable as follows:
|
•
|
For Mr. Roberts, a lump-sum amount equal to the annualized level of salary paid from July 1, 2016 plus the average annual incentive paid for fiscal years 2017 and later, but in any case not less than $1 million.
|
|
•
|
For Mr. Gjerdrum, continued payments of base salary for one year at the rates specified in the employment agreement.
|
In addition, the CEO or President would have been entitled to the following:
|
•
|
Payment of compensation accrued as of the date of termination, consisting of salary, performance bonus earned in any fiscal year completed before termination but not yet paid, unreimbursed business expenses reimbursable under the employer’s expense policies and payment in lieu of accrued but unused vacation.
|
|
•
|
Payment of the pro rata portion of the performance bonus for the fiscal year of termination (based on the portion of the fiscal year worked), payable if and when such bonus would have been paid if employment had continued.
|
Good Reason would have arisen if the employer materially decreased or failed to pay the executive’s base salary or performance bonus, or materially changed the executive’s job description or duties in a way adverse to the executive, or relocated the executive’s job site by more than a specified distance without his consent, and in each case the employer failed to cure the circumstances after notice from the executive. Other material breaches of the employment agreement may constitute “Good Reason” in some instances.
In the event of termination of the CEO's or President's employment during fiscal 2017 in other circumstances, the termination payments and benefits would have been as follows:
|
•
|
For all terminations, the compensation accrued as of the date of termination (as summarized above) would have been paid.
|
|
•
|
In the event of termination due to death or total disability, each executive would have received the pro rata performance bonus for the fiscal year of termination.
|
|
•
|
The CEO and/or his dependents would receive continued health benefits paid by the employer for six months.
|
Under the employment agreements and equity award agreements, the executive’s rights are not enhanced based upon a change in control of A-Mark. The agreements provide, however, that certain payments under the agreements will be reduced if, following a change in control, the executive would be subject to the “golden parachute” excise tax and the reduction in payments would result in the executive realizing a greater after-tax amount.
The employment agreements provide that the executives will be entitled to receive medical insurance, group health, disability insurance and other benefits made generally available to executives. The employment agreements also provide for indemnification to the executives for liabilities arising out of the executive’s employment. The CEO’s employment agreement also provides a motor vehicle allowance of $750 per month. The employment agreements obligate the executives not to solicit employees to terminate employment with us or to become employees of another entity for one year following a termination for cause.
In September, 2016, the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors adopted a recoupment policy (sometimes referred to as a "clawback" policy). This policy requires that an incentive award paid out based on A-Mark's performance will be subject to forfeiture if there occurs a restatement of A-Mark's financial statements and the restated financial information would have resulted in a reduced payout (if the award were paid out within the preceding 36 months). This policy applies even if the executive did not engage in misconduct leading to the restatement. The forfeited amount would be the amount by which the original payment exceeded the payment that would have resulted from the corrected financial information.
Directors' Compensation
The board of directors has adopted a policy providing for cash-based compensation of non-employee directors. Director compensation generally is reviewed by the board of directors annually and from time to time to ensure that compensation levels are fair and appropriate. Since the spin-off in March 2014, equity awards have not been granted to directors except for a grant to a new director shortly following her joining the board of directors. In the future, the board of directors may consider granting equity awards as an element of annual non-employee director compensation. All directors are entitled to reimbursement by the Company for reasonable travel to and from meetings of the board of directors, and reasonable food and lodging expenses incurred in connection therewith and other reasonable expenses.
85
Under the current Director Compensation Policy (which was also in effect throughout fiscal 2017), annual compensation of each non-employee director (not including compensation for special assignments) is as follows:
|
(1)
|
Cash retainer -- $60,000 per year;
|
||
|
(2)
|
Cash retainer for service as Chairman of Audit Committee or Chairman of Compensation Committee -- $10,000;
|
||
|
(3)
|
Cash retainer for service as Chairman of Nominating and Governance Committee -- $5,000; and
|
||
|
(4)
|
Cash retainer for service as member (other than Chairman) of Audit Committee or Compensation Committee -- $5,000.
|
||
No meeting fees are paid under the current Director Compensation Policy. Service as a member of a committee other than the Audit Committee or Compensation Committee does not result in additional compensation. Directors who are employees of the Company are not paid additional compensation for service as a director.
The Director Compensation Policy assumes service for a full year; directors who serve for less than the full year are entitled to receive a pro-rated portion of the applicable payment. Each “year”, for purposes of the Director Compensation Policy, will be deemed to begin on the date of our annual meeting of stockholders.
Jeffrey D. Benjamin, the Chairman of the Board, receives no additional cash compensation for service in that capacity under this Policy (he does receive the regular annual retainer for service as a non-employee director, however).
In addition to regular annual compensation, the Board may approve special compensation to a non-employee director for non-recurring Board work. In fiscal 2017, the Board formed a Special Committee to consider and approve the fairness of the terms of a financing transaction in which members of the Board or their affiliates potentially would participate as lenders to a subsidiary of the Company. The Board appointed Beverley Lepine and John Moorhead, directors who would not participate in the financing and therefore were disinterested, as the members of the Special Committee. The Board approved payments of $25,000 to each member of the Special Committee, which was paid in fiscal 2017 (reflected as "Fees Earned or Paid in Cash" in the table below).
The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by non-employee directors of the Company during fiscal 2017.
|
Name
|
Fees
Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
|
Stock
Awards
($)
|
Option
Awards
(1)
($)
|
All Other Compensation
($)
|
Total
($)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
(a)
|
(b)
|
(c)
|
(d)
|
(e)
|
(f)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Jeffrey D. Benjamin
|
$
|
60,000
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
60,000
|
|
||||||||||
|
Joel Anderson
|
$
|
60,000
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
60,000
|
|
||||||||||
|
Ellis Landau
|
$
|
75,000
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
75,000
|
|
||||||||||
|
Beverley Lepine
|
$
|
90,000
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
90,000
|
|
||||||||||
|
William Montgomery
|
$
|
65,000
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
65,000
|
|
||||||||||
|
John Moorhead
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
||||||||||
|
Jess M. Ravich
|
$
|
75,000
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
75,000
|
|
||||||||||
|
_________________________________
|
|||
|
(1)
|
At June 30, 2017, Ms. Lepine and Mr. Benjamin held stock options to purchase A-Mark shares. Ms. Lepine held an option to purchase 3,000 shares, exercisable at $10.08 per share, which was vested and exercisable as to 2,000 shares and unvested and unexercisable as to 1,000 shares. This option was granted to Ms. Lepine in 2015, upon her joining the Board. Mr. Benjamin held an option to purchase 119,856 shares at $8.35 per share, which was vested and exercisable as to 95,884 shares and unvested and unexercisable as to 23,972 shares. This option was granted at the time of the spin-off in fiscal 2014, as a replacement and adjustment of an option to purchase 500,000 SGI shares.
|
||
86
The following tables provide information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock (our only class of outstanding capital stock) at
September 11, 2017
by:
|
•
|
each of our directors;
|
|
|
•
|
each NEO named in the summary compensation table;
|
|
|
•
|
all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and
|
|
|
•
|
each of our stockholders who has reported beneficial ownership of more than 5% of the outstanding class of our common stock.
|
|
Except as otherwise noted in the footnotes below, each person or entity identified in the tables reported having sole voting power and sole investment or dispositive power with respect to the shares of common stock reflected in the table on the next page.
87
Beneficial Ownership of Principal Stockholders
The following table shows certain information for any person who reported being a “beneficial owner” of more than 5% of A-Mark’s common stock. Persons and groups that beneficially own in excess of 5% of the Company’s common stock are required to file certain reports with the Company and with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) regarding such beneficial ownership. For purposes of the table below and the table set forth under “Beneficial Ownership of Management,” a person is deemed to be the beneficial owner of any shares of common stock (1) over which the person has or shares, directly or indirectly, voting or investment power, or (2) of which the person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time within 60 days after
September 11, 2017
. Beneficial ownership information is presented as of
September 11, 2017
, except that where beneficial ownership information is as of earlier dates derived from SEC filings, that fact is indicated in the footnotes to the table. “Voting Power” is the power to vote or direct the voting of shares and “investment power” is the power to dispose or direct the disposition of shares. Persons and groups identified in the table have sole voting power and sole investment power over the shares, except as otherwise stated in footnotes to the table. We obtained the information provided in the following table from filings with the SEC and from representations made by the persons listed below.
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
Amount of Beneficial Ownership
|
Percent of Outstanding
Common Stock
(1)
|
||||
|
Jeffrey D. Benjamin
(2)
|
837,274
|
|
11.7
|
%
|
||
|
William A. Richardson
(3)
|
1,012,728
|
|
14.4
|
%
|
||
|
Gregory N. Roberts
(4)
|
982,190
|
|
13.6
|
%
|
||
|
_________________________________
|
|||
|
(1)
|
All percentages have been calculated based on 7,031,450 shares of A-Mark common stock outstanding at September 11, 2017.
|
||
|
(2)
|
Beneficial ownership of Jeffrey D. Benjamin is based on his amended Schedule 13D filed with the SEC reporting beneficial ownership of shares of A-Mark common stock at March 21, 2014 and additional information provided to the Company. At September 11, 2017, his beneficial ownership of A-Mark common stock totaled 837,274 shares, including 119,856 shares issuable to Mr. Benjamin upon exercise of stock options that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days. The reported beneficial ownership also includes 250,000 shares held in a family trust as to which Mr. Benjamin neither has nor shares voting or dispositive power, as to which shares he disclaims beneficial ownership. The address of Mr. Benjamin is 2121 Rosecrans Avenue, Suite 6300, El Segundo CA 90245.
|
||
|
(3)
|
Beneficial ownership of William A. Richardson is based on his amended Schedule 13D filed with the SEC reporting beneficial ownership of A-Mark common stock at March 21, 2014. His beneficial ownership of A-Mark common stock totaled 1,012,728 shares at March 21, 2014, including 778,938 shares owned directly by Silver Bow Ventures LLC (10.9% of the currently outstanding class) as to which Mr. Richardson shares voting and dispositive power with Gregory N. Roberts. The address of Mr. Richardson and Silver Bow Ventures LLC is 2121 Rosecrans Avenue, Suite 6300, El Segundo CA 90245.
|
||
|
(4)
|
Beneficial ownership of Gregory N. Roberts is based on his amended Schedule 13D filed with the SEC reporting beneficial ownership of A-Mark common stock at March 21, 2014 and additional information provided to the Company. At September 11, 2017, his beneficial ownership of A-Mark common stock totaled 982,190 shares, including 10,000 shares as to which Mr. Roberts has sole voting and dispositive power, 20,356 shares as to which Mr. Roberts shares voting and dispositive power with his wife and 778,938 shares owned directly by Silver Bow Ventures LLC (10.9% of the outstanding class) as to which Mr. Roberts shares voting and dispositive power with William Richardson (the Silver Bow Ventures LLC shares also are included in Mr. Richardson's beneficial ownership reported above), and including shares issuable to Mr. Roberts upon exercise of 172,896 currently exercisable options to acquire A-Mark common stock (as to which Mr. Roberts has sole voting and sole dispositive power). Such beneficial ownership excludes 216,667 stock options that are not currently exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days. The address of Mr. Roberts is 2121 Rosecrans Avenue, Suite 6300, El Segundo CA 90245.
|
||
88
Beneficial Ownership of Management
The following table shows the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned as of
September 11, 2017
, by each director then serving in office, nominee for director, and executive officer named in the
Summary Compensation Table
, and by our current directors and executive officers as a group. Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, each named person had sole voting and sole investment power with respect to the shares shown as beneficially owned by that person.
Beneficial Ownership of Management
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
Amount and Nature
Of Beneficial Ownership
|
Percent of Outstanding
Common Stock
(1)
|
|||||
|
Joel R. Anderson
(2)
|
304,553
|
|
(
|
4.3
|
%
|
||
|
Jeffrey D. Benjamin
(3)
|
837,274
|
|
11.7
|
%
|
|||
|
Ellis Landau
|
179,025
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|||
|
Beverley Lepine
|
2,000
|
|
(4)
|
*
|
|
||
|
William Montgomery
|
198,662
|
|
(5)
|
2.8
|
%
|
||
|
John U. Moorhead
|
18,272
|
|
*
|
|
|||
|
Jess M. Ravich
|
257,226
|
|
3.7
|
%
|
|||
|
Gregory N. Roberts
(6)
|
982,190
|
|
13.6
|
%
|
|||
|
Thor G. Gjerdrum
|
49,976
|
|
(7)
|
*
|
|
||
|
Cary Dickson
|
—
|
|
*
|
|
|||
|
David W.G. Madge
|
—
|
|
*
|
|
|||
|
All current directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)
|
2,867,561
|
|
(8)
|
38.8
|
%
|
||
|
_________________________________
|
|||
|
*
|
Less than 1%.
|
||
|
(1)
|
See footnote (1) to the table under the caption “Beneficial Ownership of Principal Stockholders” above.
|
||
|
(2)
|
Information relating to the beneficial ownership of Joel R. Anderson is based on Amendment No. 1 to Schedule 13D filed with the SEC on March 17, 2017 by Joel R. Anderson, Charles C. Anderson and Harold M. Anderson, reporting their beneficial ownership of our outstanding common stock as of that date, and additional information provided to A-Mark by Joel R. Anderson. Based on such information, the Andersons report that they do not constitute a group with regard to the ownership of A-Mark common stock. Accordingly, Joel R. Anderson reported beneficial ownership of A-Mark common stock totaling 304,553 shares at September 11, 2017, which does not include shares beneficially owned by Charles C. Anderson (who reported beneficial ownership of 306,338 shares at March 17, 2017) or Harold M. Anderson (who reported beneficial ownership of no shares at March 17, 2017). The address of Joel R. Anderson is 202 North Court Street, Florence, Alabama 35630.
|
||
|
(3)
|
See footnote (2) to the table under the caption “Beneficial Ownership of Principal Stockholders” above.
|
||
|
(4)
|
Includes 2,000 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days.
|
||
|
(5)
|
Includes 177,745 shares held in a trust as to which Mr. Montgomery has no voting power and limited dispositive power, and as to which shares Mr. Montgomery disclaims beneficial ownership.
|
||
|
(6)
|
See footnote (4) to the table under the caption “Beneficial Ownership of Principal Stockholders” above.
|
||
|
(7)
|
Includes 41,391 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days.
|
||
|
(8)
|
Includes 350,526 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days.
|
||
89
Sales and Purchases Made to Affiliated Companies
During the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, the Company made sales and purchases to various companies, which have been deemed to be related parties.
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Sales
|
Purchases
|
Sales
|
Purchases
|
||||||||||||||
|
Former Parent
|
$
|
47,384
|
|
$
|
47,979
|
|
$
|
30,544
|
|
$
|
42,264
|
|
|||||
|
Equity method investee
|
477,477
|
|
2,979
|
|
717,309
|
|
6,867
|
|
|||||||||
|
SilverTowne
|
27,834
|
|
4,648
|
|
4,697
|
|
26,789
|
|
|||||||||
|
$
|
552,695
|
|
$
|
55,606
|
|
$
|
752,550
|
|
$
|
75,920
|
|
||||||
Balances with Affiliated Companies
As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, the Company had related party receivables and payables balances as set forth below:
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
June 30, 2017
|
June 30, 2016
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Receivables
|
Payables
|
Receivables
|
Payables
|
||||||||||||||
|
Former Parent
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
27
|
|
$
|
1,775
|
|
(1)
|
$
|
—
|
|
||||
|
Equity method investee
|
—
|
|
558
|
|
2,396
|
|
—
|
|
|||||||||
|
SilverTowne
|
—
|
|
1,768
|
|
(2)
|
—
|
|
282
|
|
||||||||
|
$
|
0
|
|
$
|
2,353
|
|
$
|
4,171
|
|
$
|
282
|
|
||||||
|
_________________________________
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
1) Balance includes a secured line of credit balance of $1.4 million.
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
2) Balance includes: (a) a short-term earn-out liability of $0.2 million (included as a component of the accrued liabilities balance), (b) a notes payable of $0.5 million (shown as notes payable - related party), and (c) a contingent earn-out liability of $1.1 million (shown as other long-term liabilities).
|
|||||||||||||||||
Secured Loans Made to Affiliated Companies
On July 23, 2015, CFC entered into a loan agreement with Former Parent providing a secured line of credit, bearing interest at a competitive rate per annum. The loan is secured by numismatic and semi-numismatic products. As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, the aggregate carrying value of this loan was
$0.0 million
and
$1.4 million
, respectively, and is shown on the
consolidated
balance sheets as a component "secured loans receivable" (see
Note 5
).
Interest Income Earned from Affiliated Companies
During the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, the Company earned interest income related to loans made to Former Parent and related to financing products sold to affiliated companies, as set forth below:
|
in thousands
|
|||||||||
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
|||||||
|
Interest income from loan receivables
|
$
|
171
|
|
$
|
65
|
|
|||
|
Interest income from finance products
|
2,787
|
|
2,302
|
|
|||||
|
$
|
2,958
|
|
$
|
2,367
|
|
||||
Relationships with Former Parent
Gregory N. Roberts, our CEO and a director, serves as CEO and a director of our Former Parent and, together with William A. Richardson and Silver Bow Ventures LLC (see footnotes (2) and (3) to the table below), is a principal stockholder of our Former Parent. Our other directors who served as directors of our Former Parent prior to the spinoff in March 2014 (this is all such other directors except Ms. Lepine) have retained ownership of stock in our Former Parent, in each case representing less than 10% of the outstanding class of the Former Parent's common stock except for Mr. Benjamin, whose post-spinoff ownership slightly exceeded 10%. Such ownership, if aggregated with that of Mr. Roberts and Mr. Richardson, represents control of the Former Parent.
90
Other Income Earned from Equity Method Investee
During the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, the Company recorded its proportional share of its equity method investee's net income as other income that total
$94,000
and
$701,000
, respectively. As of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
, the carrying balance of the equity method investment was
$7.5 million
and
$7.4 million
, respectively.
Interest Expense Incurred to SilverTowne
During the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, the Company incurred interest expense of
$3,000
and
$0
, respectively, related to its
$0.5 million
short-term note payable to SilverTowne, which is shown on the
consolidated
balance sheets as Note Payable - Related Party (see
Note 1
).
Income Tax Sharing Obligations
The amount receivable under the Company's income tax sharing obligation due from our Former Parent totaled
$0.0 million
, and
$0.2 million
as of
June 30, 2017
and
June 30, 2016
respectively, and is shown on the face of the
consolidated
balance sheets as Income taxes receivable from Former Parent (see
Note 12
).
Transaction with Directors, an Executive Officer and a Principal Stockholder - Financing for the Goldline LLC Acquisition
Certain directors, an executive officer and a principal stockholder made loans to Goldline Acquisition Corp. (“GAC”), a wholly owned subsidiary of A-Mark, as part of the funding for our acquisition of Goldline LLC completed on August 28, 2017. GAC raised a total of $7.5 million by means of a privately placed credit facility (the “GAC Credit Facility”), of which approximately 60.7% was loaned by the directors, executive officer and principal stockholder named below.
The GAC Credit Facility is secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the assets of GAC, and is guaranteed by A-Mark. Interest on the GAC Credit Facility is payable quarterly at the rate of 8.5% per annum, and the lenders under the GAC Credit Facility will be entitled to an additional payment at maturity equal to the greater of 3% of the principal amount of the GAC Credit Facility and 10% of cumulative three-year EBITDA of GAC in excess of $10 million, on a pro rata basis. The GAC Credit Facility will reach maturity on August 28, 2020, at which time the entire principal amount is payable. The obligations of GAC and A-Mark under the GAC Credit Facility are subordinated to A-Mark’s obligations under its principal credit arrangement; among other of these subordination terms, the lenders under the GAC Credit Facility will be permitted to collect regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest, provided that no event of default is continuing under the principal credit arrangement and A-Mark is in pro forma compliance with its financial covenants under the principal credit arrangement.
The following table shows the directors, executive officer and principal stockholder that participated in the GAC Credit Facility transaction, and provides related information:
|
Name
|
Position/Relationship
|
Amount of Company Indebtedness Acquired
(1)
|
Interest Accruing in Fiscal 2018
|
|||||||
|
Gregory N. Roberts
|
Chief Executive Officer, Director and principal stockholder
|
(2)
|
$
|
587,500
|
|
(2)
|
$
|
41,865
|
|
|
|
William D. Richardson
|
Principal stockholder
|
(3)
|
$
|
587,500
|
|
(3)
|
$
|
41,865
|
|
|
|
Jeffrey D. Benjamin
|
Chairman of the Board and Director
|
$
|
1,000,000
|
|
$
|
71,260
|
|
|||
|
Ellis Landau
|
Director
|
$
|
375,000
|
|
$
|
26,723
|
|
|||
|
William Montgomery
|
Director
|
$
|
1,500,000
|
|
$
|
106,890
|
|
|||
|
Jess Ravich
|
Director
|
$
|
500,000
|
|
(4)
|
$
|
35,630
|
|
||
|
_________________________________
|
|||
|
(1)
|
The amount shown is expected to remain outstanding throughout the term of the GAC Credit Facility, with repayment due in 2020.
|
||
|
(2)
|
Silver Bow Ventures LLC (“Silver Bow”) is the Lender. Mr. Roberts holds 50% of the ownership interests in and controls Silver Bow. Accordingly, the amount of indebtedness shown, and the fiscal 2018 interest amounts potentially payable on such indebtedness shown, represent 50% of the aggregate amounts of indebtedness held by and potential interest payable to Silver Bow. See also footnotes 3 and 4 to the Table of “Beneficial Ownership of Principal Stockholders.”
|
||
|
(3)
|
Silver Bow Ventures LLC (“Silver Bow”) is the Lender. Mr. Richardson holds 50% of the ownership interests in and controls Silver Bow. Accordingly, the amount of indebtedness shown, and the fiscal 2018 interest amounts potentially payable on such indebtedness shown, represent 50% of the aggregate amounts of indebtedness held by and potential interest payable to Silver Bow. See also footnotes 3 and 4 to the Table of “Beneficial Ownership of Principal Stockholders.”
|
||
|
(4)
|
Libra Securities Holdings, LLC is the Lender. Mr. Ravich and a trust for his family members holds 100% of the ownership interests and controls Libra Securities Holdings, LLC.
|
||
91
Purchase of A-Mark Shares from Certain Substantial Stockholders
During the
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, there were no purchases of A-Mark shares for Certain Substantial Stockholders.
Policy and Procedures Governing Related Party Transactions
Our Board of Directors has adopted a written statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons, which we refer to as our “Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons.” Our policy requires that a “related person” (as defined in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) must promptly disclose to our general counsel any proposed “related person transaction” (defined as any transaction or series of related transactions that is reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we are or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000) in which such related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest, together with all material facts with respect thereto. The general counsel must promptly communicate such information to our Audit Committee (references in this paragraph to the Audit Committee include any other independent body of our Board of Directors, which may act instead of the Audit Committee). No related-person transaction will be entered into without the approval or ratification of our Audit Committee. It is our policy that directors interested in a related-person transaction will recuse themselves from any such vote. Our policy does not specify the standards to be applied by our Audit Committee in determining whether or not to approve or ratify a related-person transaction, and we accordingly anticipate that these determinations will be made in accordance with principles of Delaware law generally applicable to directors of a Delaware corporation.
Grant Thornton, LLP audited the Company's consolidated financial statements for the fiscal
years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016
, and has served as our independent registered public accounting firm since June 12, 2015.
Fees to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for
Fiscal 2017 and 2016
The following table sets forth by fee category the aggregate fees for professional services rendered by Grant Thornton, LLP.
|
in thousands
|
Grant Thornton LLP
|
|||||||
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
2017
|
2016
|
||||||
|
Fee Category:
|
||||||||
|
Audit fees
(1)
|
$
|
591
|
|
$
|
560
|
|
||
|
Audit-related fees
(2)
|
50
|
|
—
|
|
||||
|
Tax fees
(3)
|
—
|
|
—
|
|
||||
|
All other fees
(4)
|
221
|
|
—
|
|
||||
|
Total
|
$
|
862
|
|
$
|
560
|
|
||
|
_________________________________
|
|||
|
(1)
|
Audit fees consisted of services rendered by the principal accountant for the audit and reviews of our annual and quarterly condensed consolidated financial statements.
|
||
|
(2)
|
Audit-related fees includes the aggregate fees for assurance and related services provided that are reasonably related to the performance of the audits or reviews of the financial statements and which are not reported above under “Audit fees.”
|
||
|
(3)
|
Tax fees consists of professional services rendered for tax compliance, tax planning, tax advice, and value added tax process review. The services for the fees disclosed under this category include tax return preparation, research and technical tax advice.
|
||
|
(4)
|
All other fees includes the aggregate fees for products and services provided that are not reported above under “Audit fees,” “Audit-related fees” or “Tax fees.”
|
||
Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services
The Audit Committee’s policy is to pre-approve all audit and non-audit services provided to the Company by its independent registered public accounting firm (except for items exempt from pre-approval requirements under applicable laws and rules). All audit and non-audit services included in the table above were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.
When considered necessary, management prepares an estimate of fees for the service and submits the estimate to the Audit Committee for its review and pre-approval. Any modifications to the estimates will be submitted to the Audit Committee for pre-approval. All fees paid to our independent registered public accounting firm during the periods covered by this report and through the date hereof were in accordance with this pre-approval policy.
92
|
(a)
|
The following documents are filed as part of this report:
|
|
1.
|
Financial Statements
|
|
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Income
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
2.
|
Financial Statements Schedules
|
None.
|
3.
|
Exhibits required to be filed by Item 601 of Regulation S-K
|
The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the
Exhibit Index
in this report.
93
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
|
A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.
|
|
||||
|
Date:
|
September 14, 2017
|
By:
|
/s/ Gregory N. Roberts
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Gregory N. Roberts
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|||||
|
A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.
|
|||||
|
Date:
|
September 14, 2017
|
By:
|
/s/ Cary Dickson
|
||
|
|
|
Name:
|
Cary Dickson
|
||
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
||
|
(Principal Financial Officer)
|
|||||
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
Signatures
|
Title(s)
|
Date
|
||
|
/s/ Jeffrey D. Benjamin
|
Chairman of the Board
|
September 14, 2017
|
||
|
Jeffrey D. Benjamin
|
||||
|
/s/ Gregory N. Roberts
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director
|
September 14, 2017
|
||
|
Gregory N. Roberts
|
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|||
|
/s/ Cary Dickson
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
September 14, 2017
|
||
|
Cary Dickson
|
(Principal Financial Officer)
|
|||
|
Director
|
September 14, 2017
|
|||
|
Joel R. Anderson
|
||||
|
/s/ Ellis Landau
|
Director
|
September 14, 2017
|
||
|
Ellis Landau
|
||||
|
/s/ Beverley Lepine
|
Director
|
September 14, 2017
|
||
|
Beverley Lepine
|
||||
|
Director
|
September 14, 2017
|
|||
|
William Montgomery
|
||||
|
/s/ John U. Moorhead
|
Director
|
September 14, 2017
|
||
|
John U. Moorhead
|
||||
|
/s/ Jess M. Ravich
|
Director
|
September 14, 2017
|
||
|
Jess M. Ravich
|
||||
94
95
EXHIBIT INDEX
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
Regulation S-K
Exhibit Table Item No. |
Description of Exhibit
|
||||
|
2
|
|
.1
|
**
|
Separation and Distribution Agreement between Spectrum Group International, Inc. and A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1; Registration No. 333-192260.
|
|
|
3
|
|
.1
|
**
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1; Registration No. 333-192260.
|
|
|
3
|
|
.3
|
**
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1; Registration No. 333-192260.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.1
|
**
|
Uncommitted Credit Agreement, dated March 31, 2016, by and among Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, Brown Brothers Harriman & CO., BNP Paribas, Natixis, New York Branch, Bank Hapoalim B.M., and A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Report on Form 8-K dated March 31, 2016.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.2
|
**
|
Security Agreement, dated March 31, 2016, between Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, and A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Report on Form 8-K dated March 31, 2016.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.3
|
**
|
Form of Promissory Note. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Report on Form 8-K dated March 31, 2016.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.4
|
**
|
Employment Agreement, executed February 19, 2016, between A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. and Gregory N. Roberts. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Report on Form 8-K dated February 19, 2016.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.5
|
**
|
Employment Agreement, executed September 7, 2016, between A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. and Thor Gjerdrum. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Report on Form 8-K dated August 31, 2016.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.6
|
**
|
Lease Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2016, between The Plaza CP LLP and A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2016.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.7
|
**
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of AM&ST Associates, LLC, effective as of August 31, 2016, between A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. and Silver Towne, L.P. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2016.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.8
|
**
|
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2016, between SilverTowne, L.P. and AM&ST Associates, LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2016.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.9
|
**
|
First Amendment to Uncommitted Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2016, among A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc., Cooperatieve Rabobank U.A.New York Branch, as Administrative Agent and the lenders named therein. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2016.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.10
|
**
|
Second Amendment to Uncommitted Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2016, among A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc., Cooperatieve Rabobank U.A.New York Branch, as Administrative Agent and the lenders named therein. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2016.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.11
|
**
|
Memorandum of Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2011, between Spectrum Group International, Inc. and A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1; Registration No. 333-192260.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.12
|
**
|
Tax Separation Agreement between Spectrum Group International, Inc. and A-Marl Precious Metals, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1; Registration Statement No. 333-192260.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.13
|
**
|
Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy of A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1; Registration No. 333-192260.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.14
|
**
|
Form of 2014 Stock Award and Incentive Plan of A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1; Registration No. 333-192260.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.15
|
**
|
Air Cargo Lease between MCP CARGO, LLC as Landlord, and A-M Global Logistics, LLC as tenant, dated as of November 21, 2014. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2015.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.16
|
**
|
First Amendment to Air Cargo Lease between MCP CARGO, LLC as Landlord, and A-M Global Logistics, LLC as tenant, dated as of August 28, 2015. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2015.
|
|
96
|
Regulation S-K
Exhibit Table Item No. |
Description of Exhibit
|
||||
|
10
|
|
.17
|
**
|
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2017, by and between Goldline Acquisition Corp. and Goldline, LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 18, 2017.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.18
|
**
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2017, among Goldline Acquisition Corp. and the lenders set forth on Exhibit A thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 1, 2017.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.19
|
**
|
Security Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2017, made by Goldline Acquisition Corp. in favor of the secured parties named therein. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 1, 2017.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.20
|
**
|
Guaranty, dated as of August 28, 2017, by A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. in favor of the lenders referenced therein. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 1, 2017.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.21
|
**
|
Agreement of Subordination dated as of August 28, 2017, among Goldline Acquisition Corp., Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A. New York Branch, as administrative agent on behalf of itself and the other senior creditors referred to therein, and the subordinate creditors named therein. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 1, 2017.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.22
|
**
|
Agreement of Subordination dated as of August 28, 2017, among A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc., Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A. New York Branch, as administrative agent on behalf of itself and the other senior creditors referred to therein, and the subordinate creditors named therein. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 1, 2017.
|
|
|
10
|
|
.23
|
**
|
Seventh Amendment to Uncommitted Credit Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2017, among A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Natixis New York Branch, as Syndication Agent and Cooperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, as Administrative Agent, and the other lenders named therein. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 24, 2017.
|
|
|
21
|
|
*
|
List of Subsidiaries of A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.
|
||
|
31
|
|
.1
|
*
|
Certification Under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
31
|
|
.2
|
*
|
Certification Under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
32
|
|
.1
|
*
|
Certification Under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
32
|
|
.2
|
*
|
Certification Under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
101
|
|
.INS
|
*
|
XBRL Instance Document.
|
|
|
101
|
|
.SCH
|
*
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Schema Document.
|
|
|
101
|
|
.CAL
|
*
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
|
|
|
101
|
|
.DEF
|
*
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
|
|
|
101
|
|
.LAB
|
*
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
|
|
|
101
|
|
.PRE
|
*
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.
|
|
|
_________________________________
|
|||
|
*
|
Filed herewith
|
||
|
**
|
Previously filed
|
||
97
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part I Financial InformationItem 1. Description Of BusinessItem 1A. Risk FactorsItem 1B. Unresolved Staff CommentsItem 2. PropertiesItem 3. Legal ProceedingsItem 4. Mine Safety DisclosuresPart II Other InformationItem 5. Market For Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases Of Equity SecuritiesItem 5. Market For Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters andItem 6. Selected Financial DataItem 7. Management S Discussion and Analysis Of Financial Condition and Results Of OperationsItem 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market RiskItem 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary DataItem 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial DisclosureItem 9A. Controls and ProceduresItem 9B. Other InformationPart IIIItem 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate GovernanceItem 11. Executive CompensationItem 12. Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder MattersItem 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director IndependenceItem 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and DirectorItem 14. Principal Accountant Fees and ServicesPart IVItem 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules